Docstoc

Colo GN BLET Home

Document Sample
Colo GN BLET Home Powered By Docstoc
					NOTICE NO. 450 Twin Peaks Subdivision Instructions
NOTICE NO. 449 Denver Industry Instructions
NOTICE NO. 448 Familiarization Trips - Road Territory, Colorado Division
NOTICE NO. 447 Instructions for Spotting Utilities
NOTICE NO. 446 Engineering Dept. - PTC Information
NOTICE NO. 445 Denver Terminal Instructions
NOTICE NO. 444 Raton Subdivision Instructions
NOTICE NO. 443 Dalhart Subdivision Instructions
NOTICE NO. 442 Voice Train Reporting (VTR)
NOTICE NO. 440 Engineer Report of Train Separations
NOTICE NO. 438 Brush Subdivision Instructions
NOTICE NO. 437 Pueblo Terminal Instructions
NOTICE NO. 436 Front Range Subdivision Instructions
NOTICE NO. 432 Pueblo Subdivision Instructions
NOTICE NO. 431 Pikes Peak Subdivision Instructions
NOTICE NO. 430 Spanish Peaks Subdivision Instructions
NOTICE NO. 416 CANCELLATION NOTICE
NOTICE NO. 415 U. S. Air Force Academy Access and Entry Procedures
NOTICE NO. 408 Denver Terminal Instructions
NOTICE NO. 405 Van Transportation Cost Reduction Measures
NOTICE NO. 403 Denver Terminal Familiarization Requirements
NOTICE NO. 402 Casper Subdivision Instructions
NOTICE NO. 398 Engineer Report of Train Separations, Train Stalls and Unusual Events
NOTICE NO. 394 Amarillo Crew Base Job Safety Briefing
NOTICE NO. 393 Remote Control Operations
NOTICE NO. 391 Union Pacific Railroad, Moffat Tunnel,
NOTICE NO. 389 Instructions for empty grain train delivery to NKCR at Sterco
NOTICE NO. 384 Deadheading Policy
NOTICE NO. 379 Colorado Division Brakeman
NOTICE NO. 370 Brake Stick Locations
NOTICE NO. 348 Boise City Subdivision Instructions
NOTICE NO. 345 Locomotive Information, Locomotive Failures
NOTICE NO. 343 Cab Condition Claims
NOTICE NO. 340 Signal Awareness Forms
NOTICE NO. 323 Familiarization Trips - Road Territory, Colorado Division
NOTICE NO. 319 E-911 Capable Phones
NOTICE NO. 303 Winter Footwear Program
NOTICE NO. 301 Akron Subdivision Instructions
NOTICE NO. 292 RCO / Hostler Recertification at Denver, Colorado
NOTICE NO. 290 BNSF Policy on the Use of Alcohol and Drugs
NOTICE NO. 286 Hours of Service Requirements
NOTICE NO. 282 Spanish Peaks Subdivision Instructions
NOTICE NO. 276 Fuel MVP Program
NOTICE NO. 272 Twin Peaks Subdivision Instructions
NOTICE NO. 270 Rules Support Information
NOTICE NO. 268 Wheel Impact Load Detector (WILD)
NOTICE NO. 267 Raton Subdivision Instructions
NOTICE NO. 258 Denver Terminal Instructions
NOTICE NO. 245 AutoProctor Requirements
NOTICE NO. 244 Best Way Line-Up Information
NOTICE NO. 242 Familiarization Handling Standardization
NOTICE NO. 235 TYE 2009 Employee CBT Biennial & Triennial
NOTICE NO. 228 Work Events on Line during Inclement Weather Conditions
NOTICE NO. 227 Supplement to TYE 2009 Employee CBT
NOTICE NO. 224 DriveCam
NOTICE NO. 222 Front Range Subdivision Instructions
NOTICE NO. 221 Application for Yardmaster Candidates
NOTICE NO. 217 BEST WAY LINE-UP
NOTICE NO. 216 TYE 2009 Employee CBT Biennial & Triennial
NOTICE NO. 202 Best Way Line-Up - New TSSCREW Views Available
NOTICE NO. 194 Broadcast Messaging for TYE Employees in TSSCREW
NOTICE NO. 167 LAYOFF CODES FOR MILITARY SERVICE
NOTICE NO. 159 General Notice Cancellations
NOTICE NO. 157 Crew System
NOTICE NO. 147 Safety and Rules Instructions
NOTICE NO. 140 Tunnel Escape Respirator Information
NOTICE NO. 134 LOCOMOTIVE ENGINEER TRAINING PROGRAM
NOTICE NO. 132 Lodging Information
NOTICE NO. 130 LOCOMOTIVE ENGINEER TRAINING PROGRAM
NOTICE NO. 129 Expansion of Federal Railroad Administration
NOTICE NO. 127 LOCOMOTIVE ENGINEER TRAINING PROGRAM
NOTICE NO. 126 LOCOMOTIVE ENGINEER TRAINING PROGRAM
NOTICE NO. 125 LOCOMOTIVE ENGINEER TRAINING PROGRAM
NOTICE NO. 124 LOCOMOTIVE ENGINEER TRAINING PROGRAM
NOTICE NO. 113 Dalhart Subdivision Instructions
NOTICE NO. 102 Pueblo Subdivision Instructions
NOTICE NO. 99 June 26, 2007 BLET Agreement Implementation
NOTICE NO. 95 June 26, 2007 BLET Agreement Implementation
NOTICE NO. 88 Work Order Reporting – Qualifications Effective May 10, 2007
NOTICE NO. 67 Instructions on providing tie up information in TSS Paperless
NOTICE NO. 34 Homeland Security
NOTICE NO. 19 ETD/HTD Compliance Policy
NOTICE NO. 18 Voice Train Reporting (VTR)
NOTICE NO. 15 Positive Protection for Resource Protection Team Members
NOTICE NO. 10 Repeating Authorities - 3 Strikes
NOTICE NO. 9 Serious Rule Violations
NOTICE NO. 7 Violence in the Workplace Policy
September 13, 2012
BNSF Railway Co.
COLORADO DIVISION

GENERAL NOTICE NO. 450

TO ALL CONCERNED,

SUBJECT: ~Twin Peaks Subdivision Instructions

Colorado Division General Notice No. 272 is cancelled and reissued

=======================
Explanation: Information added at Trinidad and Trinchere
=======================

At Trinidad:
-----------

When instructed to pull a train northbound on the Main Line to make room for inbound
traffic, train should not be pulled past MP 206.28 length permitting. Be sure to verify
that there is the minimum required 250 ft. separation from the El Moro crossing.

At Trinchere
------------

On the north end of siding do not block setout track or CLIC Track 5801.

Twin Peaks Locomotive Watering Locations

Dalhart (MP 417.7)
Trinidad (MP 208.4)

Due to duplicated mileposts on the Twin Peaks and Dalhart subdivisions the 'On
Subdivision' feature has been turned on in the CTWC System, which will require the
dispatcher to transmit the subdivision name when issuing track warrants on these
subdivisions.
September 12, 2012
BNSF Railway Co.
COLORADO DIVISION

GENERAL NOTICE NO. 449

TO ALL CONCERNED,

SUBJECT: ~Denver Industry Instructions

Colorado Division General Notice No. 425 is cancelled and reissued

=======================
Explanation: Instructions for setting out cars at Irondale added
=======================

Industry Playbooks
------------------
New updated Playbooks for Denver Industries are available. Contact the Trainmaster to
obtain a copy.

Renegade Reporting:
------------------

All industry jobs including the Beer Runs must use the Renegade (Hammerhead) to
report their work. At the beginning of each shift the conductor/foreman is responsible for
taking a download, reporting their work during the shift as time permits, and then
submitting a final upload at the completion of their trip. If you need assistance or are not
Renegade/Hammerhead qualified, see a Trainmaster at the beginning of your shift. An
instruction guide for the Beer Run Renegade use is available in the Golden Depot.

R-COL8052T - A new playbook for the Beer Run is available at the Golden Depot or by
contacting the Trainmaster on duty. Contained within this playbook is a user guide for
the Beer Run Renegade operation. It is your responsibility to ensure that your work is
properly reported. Be sure to follow the steps listed in this guide for correct operation.

R-COL4503 - Ensure that the cars for Hudson Terminal Railroad (HUDSONTERRR) are
spotted to track 1400 in the Renegade. When using the switch screen you must use the
SP code and not the SW code. Cars for DPCIND spot to track 1440. You will also need
to sequence your train in the Renegade to ensure that the cars line up accurately when
you set them out at Commerce City. This is a crucial step and must not be overlooked. If
there are cars missing from your list then use the find feature to locate the cars and add to
your train or contact Field Support for assistance.
All industry jobs must have their cut lined up accurately and reported correctly in the
Renegade. If you have a wireless Renegade, then you must switch your cut to the
corresponding phantom track prior to arriving at Denver. Notify the Yardmaster when
this is done so that they can begin to process your train.

YDEN123 - use track 1091
YDEN223 - use track 1091
YDEN211 - use track 1111
YDEN115 - use track 1151
RCOL450 - use track 4341
RCOL805 - use track 8052

Signal Awareness Forms
----------------------
Completed Signal Awareness forms for outside assignments will be placed in the
appropriate box at Golden or Irondale. Assignments that tie up in Denver will be
governed by the Denver Terminal Instructions.

Timeslips
---------

Timeslips for Industry assignments at Golden or Irondale will need to be faxed to 303-
480-6442.

Market Switch - Hand Operation
--------------------------

When operating the dual control switch at MP 537.24, Brush Subdivision, in hand
operation, the following will apply:

1. Crew will notify BNSF Dispatcher that they need to take the Market Street Switch
on hand to perform switching moves inside the plant. Crew will need to provide BNSF
Dispatcher approximate time needed in Interlocking.

2. Prior to requesting a signal at the Interlocking the BNSF Dispatcher will inform the
UP Dispatcher that the train crew is requesting the Interlocker to perform multiple
switching events that will require taking the switch on hand. BNSF Dispatcher will
provide UP Dispatcher approximate time needed.

3. The UP Dispatcher will then apply blocking through the Interlocking and provide
signal.

4. Once confirmation has been received from the UP Dispatcher that blocking through
the Interlocking has established BNSF Dispatcher will then apply blocking and grant
BNSF train crew to take Market Street Switch on hand.
5. BNSF train crew will proceed on signal indication into the Interlocking and take the
switch on hand to perform switching movements.

6. Upon completion of their work BNSF train crew will notify the BNSF Dispatcher they
are done with the switch and have completed their work and the switch has been restored
to power.

7. The BNSF Dispatcher will then remove blocking and immediately notify the UP
Dispatcher that the BNSF Road Switcher has completed their work and block through the
Interlocking can now be removed.

DNA Coal Train Handling Instructions
--------------------------
- Obtain briefing packet from Rennicks YM when reporting for duty. Complete Industry
Train activity form and turn into the Trainmaster upon tie up.
  Be sure to include Denver departure, Arapahoe arrival, first and last car on each half
and any delays over 20 minutes.

- Do not take more than 3 engines and 60 cars into the Arapahoe facility.

- When the DNA coal train is ready for unloading,the conductor will contact the utility
control room on Channel 76 and notify them that the train is ready to proceed to the plant
for unloading, and provide XCEL personnel with estimated time of arrival.

- If the utility cannot be reached then the conductor should request help from Rennick
YM.

- Communications with the utility will use radio channel 76 when industry jobs leave the
main track unless otherwise instructed by the yardmaster.

- Spot the train by taking the head end portion of the train around XCEL's loop track -
stop short of the dumper and perform job safety briefing with the XCEL crew.

- Pull locomotive consist over the dumper prior to initializing slow speed control.

- Unload first half of train at speed directed by XCEL personnel.

- Pull empty cars to clear switch, put engines on the other end, pull empty cars out and
shove to Dartmouth Avenue and secure. Pick up remaining portion of train and unload
using the same process as the first section.

- Contact Rennicks YM when you begin dumping second portion of train to provide
estimated completion of unloading so train can be released empty, cars can be train set,
and a crew ordered.

- Once the train is completely unloaded and back together, perform air test and call
yardmaster at 31st for yarding instructions.

- Report train departure time using VTR when the wheels of the lead locomotive enter
the main line.

- Bad orders should be reported using the VTR and by notification of the Mechanical
Desk. The Mechanical Desk can be contacted using the VTR by staying online after
reporting the bad order and responding "no" when asked "have you notified the
Mechanical Desk?"

- If you have to tie your train down in the Arapahoe Facility, you must brief with Savage
Rail to ensure crossings are not blocked. All movements within the facility are governed
by Savage Rail Services

NOTE: The Kountry main track holds a maximum of 125 cars and 3 engines (this is
between Dartmouth St. and Evans Avenue) if everything is shoved to the limit. Train
cannot depart from Evans on the Kountry main track unless the train can make a
continuous movement onto Main 1 or 2. Otherwise, train will not fit anywhere without
fouling major crossing. 65 cars is the maximum number the loop can hold to clear the
XCEL Plant entrances.

Commerce City Grain Trains:
-------------------------

Train arriving from the East can be spotted using the following process:

- Contact dispatcher to inform of the movements to be made and the length of time
necessary
- Stop at Sand Creek interlocking and perform job briefing
- You will need to use the manual unlock box to line main track switch, remove derails
on tracks 534, 533, and gooseneck.
- Shove 35 cars into track 534, adjacent to the main track
- Shove 12 cars into track 532
- Shove 35 cars into track 533
- Shove the balance into track 531
- Ensure all cars are properly secured
- Replace derails on gooseneck, 533, and 534.
  NOTE: the derails are bonded on 533 and 534 and dispatcher will not be able to clear
signals until placed in the derailing position
- Report your work via VTR


Trains arriving from the west can be spotted using the following process:

- Contact dispatcher to inform of the movements to be made and the length of time
needed
- Pull entire train past Sand Creek interlocking to clear
- Stop and perform a job briefing and use unlock box to line switch
- Shove 35 cars into track 534, adjacent to the main track
- Shove 35 cars into track 533
- Shove 12 cars into track 532
- Shove balance into track 531
- Ensure all cars are properly secured
- Report your work via VTR

Set Out Instructions for DPC / RESCAR (Hudson)
-------------------------

When setting out DPC and Rescar, spot the DPC cars east of the east high stand
crossover switch, between this switch and the derail, protecting the main line. Spot the
Rescar cars west of and in the clear of the crossover track so that the DPC switch engine
can move through the crossover in order to pick up the DPC cars. Approximately 7 DPC
cars will fit between the east high stand switch and the derail. Report cars are spotted in
track 1440.

Irondale Instructions
---------------------

Setting out Cars at Irondale

When setting out cars at Irondale, do not block the middle and pocket crossover switches
located on the house track 601. Report your setout via Fort Worth VTR to the proper
track. Maps are available at McCook, Sterling and Denver for clarification.

The following spotting/pulling requirements apply to the auto facility:

1. Railcars being spotted must be positioned so automobiles can be unloaded efficiently,
taking into consideration the unloading direction and type of railcar (bi-level or tri-level)

2. When shoving the cars to spot in the auto facility, a hand brake will be applied to the
first car and a brake pipe reduction will be made. The cars will then be shoved to spot.
3. When necessary to separate railcars inside the facility, distance must be at least 125
feet to accommodate the unloading ramp. In addition, railcars must be set no closer than
125 feet from the east or west fences unless unloading direction is opposite of the fence.
4. When spotting railcars that will remain coupled while being unloaded, the distance
between cars must be between 38 inches and 49 inches measured from ramp plate eyelet
to ramp eyelet. A chain with the acceptable tolerance range painted yellow is located at
the east rail entrance gate.

5. A hand brake must be applied at each end of each cut of cars spotted in the auto
facility and whenever necessary to maintain correct distance between cars spotted.
6. When spotting cars on the expansion tracks of 610 and 611 (the portion of track west
of the crossing inside the auto facility) DO NOT separate cars as the unloading ramp
cannot maneuver in between the cars to unload. Ensure headlight direction is correct and
all cars are coupled.

Kountry Job
-----------

One hour before you will need to depart the Kountry Main for Denver you must contact
the Rennicks YM to give them an ETA. They will use this time to coordinate with the
31st Street YM and the Brush dispatcher to expedite your movement into Denver.

Iowa Spur MP 5.5
----------------

Before trains or engines may cross the Evans Street pedestrian crossing, MP 5.9 on the
Iowa Spur, the following instructions must be adhered to:

1. Approach this crossing prepared to stop

2. Stop train or engine at sign which reads "Stop Wait 20 Seconds"

3. Ensure that crossing gates and crossing lights are activated

4. After 20-second wait has expired and crossing gates and crossing lights are activated,
train or engine may proceed if the way is seen to be clear

5. Train or engine must complete movement over Evans Street pedestrian crossing
without stopping. No switching moves are permitted.

6. If train or engines are required to stop on Evans Street pedestrian crossing, crew
member must return to crossing and flag before any movement may resume.

7. For all switching moves on the Iowa Spur, crew must have job briefing to ensure all
crew members understand RTD trains on adjacent tracks will approach at high speed with
no noise.

Crew members must position themselves on the east side of the Iowa Spur to perform
switching moves except where protected by overpass.


Golden Subdivision Instructions
-------------------------

Do not perform gravity switch moves on the Golden Subdivision unless all other
alternatives have been exhausted (utilizing Mt. Olivet siding, splitting your power,
utilizing the caboose, etc.) and you have briefed with the Trainmaster.

MillerCoors
-----------

The following will apply concerning deliveries to MillerCoors.

The entire train will yard to 6 track and overflow to 8 track in the east yard. We will no
longer set out cars at the Commodities Yard. If there is STOKER coal on your train, this
will need to be placed to 1 track. For this reason, these cars should be on the head end of
the train leaving Denver. After the set out the crew must leave a copy of the train list in
the knuckle of the west car.

All cars on MillerCoors property must be left behind the clearance marker that is on each
track. Cars must not be left beyond the marker regardless of how the switch is left lined.

When delivering coal to the North Yard, follow Jacobson instructions and under no
circumstances place more than 20 cars into the cellar. After placing cars into the cellar
crews must tie hand brakes on the (bottom end) west end of the track.

Required Documentation:

RCOL8051/8052 must fill out Beer Run Delay Sheets and fax to 303-480-6442 at the
completion of each trip. This form is available in the Golden Depot as well as the crew
room in Denver and the Trainmaster's Office.

Terrill Jct
-----------
All beer runs and / or switch engines securing their trains at 44th and Eldridge must do
one of the following:

1. Shut down locomotives - or
2. Secure train and pull locomotives across 44th Avenue - or
3. Leave locomotives and cars at Terrill Jct.

Reporting Requirements
----------------------

R COL8051 / R COL8052 will contact Rennix yardmaster on Radio Channel 70 under
the following circumstances:

1. When departing Coors north yard and departing Denver,
  indicating car count and departure time.
2. When held out of Coors by Jacobson Rail
3. When held by the UP for more than 20 minutes
4. When requesting a van for assist or transportation to a terminal
R COL4011 will contact the Rennix yardmaster if they require assistance or to report
exceptions so the issue can be escalated to the trainmaster if necessary.

Coors Coal
----------

Coal for Coors will be picked up off of the Arvada Siding at MP 6.4 on the Golden
Subdivision.

Before entering the siding, UP North Yard yardmaster must be notified. When departing
the siding, the UP North Yard yardmaster must be informed of how much coal is
remaining in the siding.

For reporting purposes, this coal will show in track 405 at ARVACO. Be sure to
properly report cars in the Renegade.
September 07, 2012
BNSF Railway Co.
COLORADO DIVISION

GENERAL NOTICE NO. 448

TO ALL CONCERNED,

SUBJECT: ~Familiarization Trips - Road Territory, Colorado Division

=======================
Colorado Division General Notice No. 323 is cancelled and reissued Explanation:
Familiarization information for Casper revised
=======================

Any train service employee (trainman) exercising seniority to road territory on the
Colorado Division in which service has not been performed within the previous 365 days,
must contact the appropriate Transportation Supervisor and schedule a meeting prior to
beginning any familiarization trips or assuming an assignment. This meeting will
determine any requirements the employee will have as it relates to trips as outlined below
if previously qualified.

Trainmen will not be placed on a Familiarization Board until the Transportation
Supervisor contacts Crew Management after the meeting. Employees must have all
familiarization trips completed within 72 hours after being placed on the familiarization
board at each location.

"Road Territory" is all Subdivisions on the Colorado Division with the exception of the
Golden Subdivision. All Road Switchers and Yard Jobs going on duty at Denver, Golden
and Irondale are under the Denver Terminal. Familiarization instructions for these
assignments are included in the Colorado Division General Notice entitled "Denver
Terminal Instructions."

When making familiarization trips Trainmen are not allowed to perform any type of
service. These trips are learning the territory and observation only. Deadheading is not
considered a familiarization trip. If an employee is called to deadhead at the away from
home terminal, the employee will wait for the next available working trip home.

Familiarization trips will not be compensated unless supported by applicable agreement.
Employees will not be allowed to mark up for paid service at the conclusion of the
required familiarization trips until the trips have been verified by Crew Management.

Any deviation from these requirements will be at the discretion of the Transportation
Officer responsible for the area where the employee is exercising seniority.
In addition, employees making voluntary seniority moves to the Division will be required
to provide lodging, meals and transportation at their own expense.

Territory Specific Requirements
----------------------

Greybull           Trainmaster 307-765-4255
--------
    Two round trips from Greybull to Laurel (only M & H trains)
    One round trip from Greybull to Casper(only M & H trains)
    Three shifts in Greybull yard service - third shift
    Two trips on R-COL8431 (Cowley Road Switcher)

From Casper          Trainmaster 307-473-5221
------------
    One round trip from Casper to Guernsey
    One round trip from Casper to Greybull
    One round trip from Casper to Cheyenne
    One shift in Casper yard service

To Casper:
---------

Two round trips from Casper to Guernsey (LAUMCN to Guernsey and LINLAU from
Guernsey)
Two round trips from Casper to Greybull (LINLAU to Greybull and LAUMCN from
Greybull)
One round trip from Casper to Cheyenne (LAUDEN to Cheyenne and DENLAU from
Cheyenne)
One trip on the Dave Johnston Coal Train
Two shifts in Casper yard service

Cheyenne          Trainmaster 307-432-7321
--------
One round trip from Cheyenne to Casper
One round trip from Cheyenne to Guernsey

Denver to Cheyenne Trainmaster 307-432-7321
------------------
One round trip from Denver to Cheyenne
One trip with R-COL4211

Denver to Kremmling Sr. Trainmaster 303-480-7418
-------------------
One round trip from Denver to Kremmling
Denver to McCook     Trainmaster 970-526-2221
----------------
One round trip from Denver to McCook

Denver to Sterling Trainmaster 970-526-2221
------------------
One round trip from Denver to Sterling
One trip on R-COL6261 (Brush Road Switcher)

Denver to Trinidad Trainmaster 719-549-3560
------------------
One round trip from Denver to LaJunta

Sterling         Trainmaster 970-526-2221
--------
One round trip from Sterling to Denver
One shift in Sterling yard service

Pueblo           Trainmaster 719-384-3702
------
One shift in Pueblo yard service

Trinidad         Trainmaster 719-845-4121
--------
One round trip from Trinidad to Denver

LaJunta          Trainmaster 719-384-3702
-------
One round trip from LaJunta to Amarillo

Amarillo          Trainmaster 806-379-3321
--------
One round trip from Amarillo to LaJunta

Raton            Trainmaster 719-845-4121
-----
One round trip from Raton to La Junta *
One round trip from Raton to Las Vegas *

* These trips are predicated by traffic availability and will be determined during meeting
with the Transportation Supervisor.
August 10, 2012
BNSF Railway Co.
COLORADO DIVISION

GENERAL NOTICE NO. 447

TO ALL CONCERNED,

SUBJECT: ~Instructions for Spotting Utilities

Colorado Division General Notice No. 360 is cancelled and reissued

=======================
Explanation: MIC Minnequa - information pertaining to the crews responsibility in
ensuring the connection of dump line hoses and charged air to the dump line system is
deleted.
=======================

WAG - Sterling
Crews that deliver trains to the NKCR at Sterling must report their work through Voice
Train Reporting (VTR). This is performed by selecting "delivery" when prompted into
track "108". You will be required to give the first and last car initials and number.

PAP (Pawnee Junction Power Plant) - The Pawnee Power Plant has installed a private
lock on the north access gate. All crews handling PAP coal trains to Pawnee Junction
Utility are required to contact the plant on Channel 66 from Brush MP 454.9, advising
them of your location so they can unlock the gate.

- Inbound crew delivering the loaded coal train to PAP:
- Reporting arrival of train
- Arrival location
- Train arrives at dumper, air dump lines connected and system charged --or--
- Made available to PAP, if utility crew is unable to take the train.
- Reporting method
- Report arrival as a "setout" to track "201" through the VTR.

 - Outbound crew:
 - Reporting departure of train
 - Departure location
- When the wheels of lead locomotive enter the main track
- Reporting method
- Report departure as a "Pickup" from track "201" through the VTR giving the 1st and
last car initial and number on the train.
- If you were the inbound crew on a loaded train, give the outbound train ID when
reporting your pickup.
- To report using the outbound train ID, the VTR system will state the inbound train ID,
and ask if this ID is correct.
Answer "NO" and give the outbound train ID when prompted.
- Crews handling empty coal trains from PAP must ensure from the tower that the gate is
unlocked and open prior to their departure.

CDJ (Dave Johnston Power Plant):
Inbound crew delivering the loaded coal train to Dave Johnston Power
Plant:
- Reporting arrival of train
- Arrival location
- Lead locomotive leave the Main Track at MP 171.0
- Reporting Method
- Report as an "arrival" through VTR.
- Do NOT report the setout for the entire train

For coal trains unloading counter clockwise, the coal loop switch at MP 171.0 derail must
be lined for the derailing position when trains are left unattended. The following Dave
Johnston Power tracks must not be used without the authority of the train dispatcher:
 - Track 1 behind 1000 feet south of the Track 1 switch
 - Track 2 and Track 3 beyond the switch to the south leg of the wye
 - The south leg of the wye

A switch lock has been installed on the lead switch. It is to be lined and locked for Dave
Johnston movement after picking up or setting out.

 - Outbound crew:
 - Reporting departure of train
 - Departure location
 - When the wheels of lead locomotive enter the main track
 - Reporting method
 - Report departure as a "Pickup" from track "5022" through the VTR giving the 1st and
last car initial and number on the train

QRS will provide a form to outbound empty trains providing the following information:
 - 1000 mile air brake inspection __Yes (Performed) __Not Needed
 - Locomotive Fueled __Yes __NO
 - Bad order Cars set out (Listed)
 - Fill cars added

Train crew must notify the Front Range Dispatcher when the first half of the train is
unloaded for outbound planning purposes. Crew must let the dispatcher know if power
will have to fuel and inspection will be required.

MOL (Laramie River Power Plant) MOBA, Wyoming
 - Inbound Crew delivering the loaded coal train to the MOL:
  - Arrival of train
  - Quality Rail Service (QRS) employees unload the unit coal trains at Laramie River
Power Station. Train crew is to notify QRS or the dumper operator when they arrive the
Moba main line switch on Channel 70 for instructions
- Reporting arrival of train
- Arrival location
- Spot train when at stop sign outside the dumper --or--
- Crossing if another train is ahead and made available to QRS.
- Reporting method
- No reporting by BNSF conductor is required on the inbound movement.

When QRS employees assume control of the train at the dumper immediately

upon arrival, BNSF crews are not required to secure the train. In the event QRS is not
available to assume control of the train, BNSF crews must secure the train. QRS is
responsible for train movements inside the Laramie River Power Station and BNSF crew
members are governed by their instructions. Train crew is to de-board train at the
crossing or the stop sign at the dumper depending on whether there is another train in the
plant. The crew van will shadow the crew to the Moba switch and then take the conductor
inside the plant after he lines the derail to derailing position and restores the main line
switch to normal position. BNSF crews must contact the Front Range dispatcher and
provide the location of the train(s) inside the Laramie River Power Plant.

 - Outbound crew
 - Departure of train
 - Check with plant office to determine if the train is released and blue flags removed.
The BNSF crew must not move the train or depart until the plant personnel releases the
train to them.
 - Reporting departure of train
 - Departure location

 - Check with plant office to determine if the train is released and blue flags removed.
The BNSF crew must not move the train or depart until the plant personnel releases the
train to them.
- Reporting departure of train
- Departure location
- When the wheels of the lead locomotive enter the main track
- Reporting method
- Report departure as a "Pickup" from track "701" through the VTR giving the 1st and
last car initial and number on the train

 In addition, QRS will provide a form to outbound empty trains providing the following
information:
   - 1000 mile air brake inspection __Yes (Performed) __Not needed
   - Locomotives Fueled __Yes __No
  - Bad Order cars set out (Listed)
  - Fill cars added

  When on plant property and outside the cab of the locomotive where hard hat protection
is required, hard hats must be worn. If you are in an area where hard hat protection is
required, the plant will furnish hard hats.

PRR (Platte River Junction)
 - Inbound crew
 - Reporting arrival of train
 - Arrival location
 - Train arrives and 1st three cars are spotted at the dumper
 --and/or--
 - Made available to PRR, if utility crew unable to take the train
 - Reporting method
 - Report arrival as a "setout" to track "4001" through the VTR
 - Outbound crew
 - Reporting departure of train
 - Departure location
 - When the wheels of lead locomotive enter the main track
 - Reporting method
 -Report departure as a "Pickup" from track "4001" through the VTR giving the 1st and
last initial car and number on the train.

 In addition QRS will provide a form to outbound empty trains providing the following
information:
  - 1000 mile air brake inspection __Yes (performed) __Not needed
  - Locomotives Fueled __Yes __No
  - Bad Order Cars set out (Listed)
  - Fill cars added

 Train crews must notify QRS after the first half of the train is unloaded to fuel power if
needed. After the train is completely unloaded, QRS will fuel the head end power and
then pull the train forward to fuel the DP power. At this time QRS will start the
mechanical inspection. When QRS starts the mechanical inspection the train crew must
notify the Front Range dispatcher for planning purposes of calling the outbound crew at
Cheyenne.

Valmont -- Road power is not to be used on or over the dumper pit. Bridge MP 25.7 on
the UP Storage Track is not equipped with a walkway and has close clearance. Do not
store cars on this bridge. The crossing signals at North 61st Butte Mill Road and Valmont
Drive on Western Mobile Lead

UP Spur are ineffective. Be governed by Rule 6.32.2. The Union Pacific switch at 63rd
Ave. Crossing must be left lined and locked for movement from the UP to the Valmont
Power Plant.
 - Inbound crew delivering the loaded coal train to the Valmont:
   - Spotting 1st half of Valmont Coal Train:
     Coming North out of Denver, secure the rear portion of your train 8 cars south of the
63rd street road crossing. Be sure to apply sufficient amount of handbrakes to leave train
on main line. Cut away with 55 cars on the head end and spot the plant.
    - Spot the "flat tracks" first (2,3, and 8), and keep 1 track clear
    - 2 track - spot no more than 7 cars
    - 3 track - spot no more than 10 cars
    - 8 track - spot up to 14 cars
   After spotting the short tracks, spot 6 and 7 track:
    - 6 track - spot 7 cars with north car being on top of grate
    - 7 track - spot 7 cars with north car being on top of grate, then make a 1 car separation
and secure the remaining cars on the north end of 7 track

    After spotting 1st half of train, return to your train on the mainline just south of 63rd
street and pull it down the Stazio lead. Leave the DP engine and 17 cars on the Stazio
lead, and then pull rest of train into the Stazio siding and secure on the north end short of
the DERAIL. Cut lead power off the north end and run back down to the 17 cars and DP
engine left on Stazio lead and tie it back to the train in the siding leaving the power in the
middle of train.

- Reporting method
- Report arrival as a "setout" to track "156" through the VTR when 1st half of train
setouts have been completed
- Report "setout" into track "140" for the remaining cars at Valmont

  - Spotting 2nd set of Valmont Coal Train:
  Crew out of Denver will need to be dropped off at Stazio where the power and loaded
coal cars are located. Prior to departing Denver, it is the crew's responsibility to get a
fully charged End of Train

  Device (ETD). Separate the train from where the engines are in middle of the cars, and
shove the 17 cars and Distributed Power (DP) motor into the plant and set out the DP
motor on 9 track where the empty cars are located.
      Placement of 2nd set of Valmont Coal Train
        - Spot next 17 cars to 2 and 3 tracks as listed above
    - Reporting method
      - Report arrival as "setout" to track "156" through the VTR when 1st half of train
setouts have been completed
      - Report "setout" into track "140" for the remaining cars at Valmont
  - Spotting 2nd set of Valmont Coal Train:
       Crew out of Denver will need to be dropped off at Stazio where the power and
loaded coal cars are located. Prior to departing Denver, it is the crew's responsibility to
get a fully charged End of Train Device (ETD). Separate the train from where the engines
are in middle of the cars, and shove the 17 cars and Distributed Power (DP) motor into
the plant and set out the DP motor on 9 track where the empty cars are located.

    Placement of 2nd set of Valmont Coal Train
    - Spot next 17 cars to 2 and 3 tracks as listed above
  - Reporting method
     - 1st -- report a "pickup" from track "140" giving the first and last car initial and
number through VTR.
     - 2nd -- report 2nd half of train "spotted" using selection "setout" to track "156"
when switching has been completed on and made available to the Public Service
Colorado Power Plant, regardless of whether the utility crew is ready to take the train

     Air test all the empty coal cars on 6,7,8 tracks. Double power over to 9 track where
DP was placed. Do an air test on 9 track then double all the empty cars up and deliver to
Boulder Siding. Secure the empties in Boulder Siding. Leave one engine on empty coal
cars at Boulder to keep air in train. Use a BNSF air test slip to document the Class 1 Air
Brake test on cars left in Boulder Siding. Return back with light engines to Stazio Siding
and spot 8,6, and 7 tracks as listed above. When all coal loads are completed, return back
to North end of Boulder Siding and

 place power back on North end.

  - Reporting method
  - Report a "pickup" to track "156" at Valmont and "setout" to track "298" at Boulder
through VTR

  - 3rd move on Valmont Coal Train:
      The crew out of Denver will need to bus to North end of Boulder Siding where the
power will be. Leave one engine on the cars in Boulder siding and take the rest to
Valmont plant to pull the empties. Do a Class 1 air test on the empty coal cars at plant.
After the air test is complete, take empties from plant to Boulder Siding to pick up one
engine and the rest of the empties.

   - Reporting method
     - VTR report "pickup" from track "156" of coal train symbol when empties are
pulled from plant
     - VTR report "pickup" from track "298" upon departure at Boulder

MIC Minnequa (Comanche Power Plant)
- Inbound crew delivering the loaded coal train to the Comanche Power Plant:
- Reporting arrival of train
- Arrival location
- Train arrives at the stop sign, (before bottom dump shed)

- Reporting method
- Report arrival as a "setout" to track "522" through the VTR
- Outbound crew
  - Reporting departure of train
  - Departure location
  - When the wheels of lead locomotive enter the main track
  - Reporting method
  - Report departure as a "pickup" from track "522" through the VTR giving the 1st and
last car initial and number on the train

DNA (Public Service Colorado)
The Denver switch crew will report switch movements for Public Service Colorado coal
trains through Voice Train Reporting (VTR) system. The inbound coal train will be
shown on a siding track as defined by the Denver yardmasters. It will be necessary for the
switch crew to report the pickup for the siding track before reporting the setout at Public
Service Colorado.

Placement of train
- Spotting 1st half of Denver Public Service Colorado Coal Train
- Spotting location
- 1st 60 cars from the inbound loaded coal train arrives at dumper, air dump lines
connected and system charged --or—
  - Made available to Denver Public Service Colorado Power Plant, if utility crew unable
to take the train
 - Reporting method through VTR
 -1st - Denver switch crew will report their first 60 car "pickup" from the appropriate
track number (siding where the unit train has been parked).

  - 2nd - Report a "setout" to track "3310" for the first 60 cars when you have completed
your switching as outlined in the spotting instructions above.

  - Spotting 2nd half of Denver Public Service Colorado Coal Train:
  - Spotting location
  - 2nd 60 cars from the inbound loaded coal train arrives at dumper, air dump lines
connected and system charged --or--
  - Made available to Denver Public Service Colorado Power Plant, if utility crew unable
to take the train
  - Reporting method through VTR
  - 1st - Denver switch crew will report their "pickup" from track "3310"
      - 2nd - Report "setout" to the holding track of the 1st 60 cars released
      - 3rd - Report the "pickup" of the 2nd 60 cars from the yard/ siding track
      - 4th - Report "setout" to track "3310" when completed spotting instructions above

AMH (Harrington Power Plant) - Amarillo
 - Inbound crew delivering the loaded coal train to the Harrington Power Plant:
 - Reporting arrival of train
- Arrival location
- Train arrives with the head end at MP 4 on the Asarco Spur just past the loop 335
overpass
  - Reporting method
 - The inbound crew delivering a loaded coal train to the Harrington Power Plant will
NOT be required to report their arrival/setout

 - Outbound crew
 - Reporting departure of train
 - Departure location
 - When the wheels of lead locomotive enter the main track
 - Reporting method
 - Report"pickup" from track "5477" giving the 1st and last car number on the train for
the station of "HARPOW" through VTR

  Midland will provide a form to outbound empty trains providing the following
information:
   - 1000 mile air brake inspection __Yes (Performed) __Not Needed
   - Locomotive Fueled __Yes __No
   - Bad Order Cars set out (listed)
   - Fill cars added

ALL POWER PLANTS
Bad orders should be reported using the Voice Train Reporting (VTR) and notification of
the Mechanical Desk. The Mechanical Desk can be contacted using the VTR by staying
online after reporting the bad order and responding "no" when asked "have you notified
the Mechanical Desk"
August 10, 2012
BNSF Railway Co.
COLORADO DIVISION

GENERAL NOTICE NO. 446

TO ALL CONCERNED,

SUBJECT: ~Engineering Dept. - PTC Information

All Engineering Employees:

As part of the implementation of Positive Train Control (PTC), the Light Detection and
Ranging (LiDAR) survey has been completed by the Network Control Systems (NCS)
and Geographic Information Systems (GIS) team on the following subdivision on the
Colorado Division:

Subdivision            Survey Completion Date
-----------         ----------------------
  Brush                 July 20, 2012

With the future implementation of PTC on this subdivision, it is imperative to comply
with instructions outlined in Engineering Instructions 25 Critical Assets (EI-25). Critical
assets that are scheduled to be changed, installed, moved or replaced must be reported
through the Change Management Process (CMP) via the following website:

http://gis-cmp.bnsf.com/

Engineering employees are required to enter a CMP record for all cutovers 30 days prior
to the cutover date.
August 07, 2012
BNSF Railway Co.
COLORADO DIVISION

GENERAL NOTICE NO. 445

TO ALL CONCERNED,

SUBJECT: ~Denver Terminal Instructions

Colorado Division General Notice No. 441 is cancelled and reissued.

=======================
Explanation: Radio Channel information updated
=======================

The Terminal Management Team respects labor agreements and will make every effort to
operate within the confines of the schedule. However, there may be circumstances where
an operating penalty may be required to ensure we meet our customer's expectations. In
the event an employee determines that an operating penalty could be involved, it is
recommended that the on duty Trainmaster be contacted. If the employee decides to
submit a claim, provide all necessary information, including the on duty Trainmaster's
name on the special claim ticket for prompt consideration.

RADIO CHANNEL INFORMATION
-------------------------

Due to communication enhancement in the Denver Terminal, be advised that when using
Channel 79 in the Denver Terminal, locomotive radios must be set as follows:

Transmit to Channel 46
Receive to Channel 79

Conductors and switchmen - if your radio has not been reprogrammed contact the on duty
Trainmaster to arrange for reprogramming.

If you are on the ground working at 31st Street or 38th Street, you must set your portable
radio to 079RP or 079RPT.

ROAD CREWS & YARD CREWS ON DUTY
--------------------------

All Road and Yard crews going on duty at Denver are expected to conduct their Job
Safety Briefing, read the required newly issued circulars, gather and review their GTB's,
Train Profile, Clearances, etc., to be prepared to depart crew on-duty location within
twenty (20) minutes of their on-duty time.

Denver Switch Crews are to be physically present in proper on duty location within five
(5) minutes of their on-duty time to receive a briefing and relief instructions.

Crews boarding trains in Denver and surrounding areas must notify applicable
Yardmaster via radio of that fact within three (3) minutes of being dropped off by crew
van. Any delay that might prevent movement must be communicated as well. Example:
When boarding train at South Denver please notify the 31st Yardmaster.

Relief crews must be prepared to depart on-duty location within ten (10) minutes of their
on-duty time and must contact dispatcher whose telephone number will be listed on the
830 Board. (In addition, see GCOR 15.12 as amended by SSI)

If for any reason you are not able to comply with these instructions you must notify the
Yardmaster and/or Trainmaster immediately stating why you cannot proceed to your
train. That Yardmaster/Trainmaster will handle any corrective actions that are necessary.

Foremen of any crew that is delayed or stopped for any reason by more than 15 minutes
must immediately contact appropriate Yardmaster by radio on applicable radio channel.
If unable to contact them in that fashion, foreman must call Yardmaster at 480-7436 to
report the delay.

SWITCHING INSTRUCTIONS
----------------------

When instructed to couple and verify a track by the yardmaster you will verify each car is
in the track and that the cars are in the correct order. Upon completion of list
verification, you will need to fill out a Denver Outbound Checklist and ensure the
original copy is forwarded to the proper yardmaster as well as notify yardmaster of any
changes in the inventory. Either the utility man or the switch crew can verify the list at
the yardmasters discretion.

The following tracks must be coupled and stretched when:

  Track 126 when there are 20 or more cars in track
  Track 138 when there are 30 or more cars in track

If possible avoid leaving cars on a curve.

If possible cars must not be kicked or cut off in motion when the cars are destined to
couple to a car on a curve.

** Under any circumstances do not kick or pin cars off destined to 122 or 123 from
either end of the yard.
When performing switching operations and the situation where a long drawbar car will be
kicked into another long drawbar car it is required to shove to a joint vs. cutting the car
off in motion in an effort to reduce the number of by-passed couplers in the Denver
Terminal. EXCEPTION: On tracks 101 through 120 there are no restrictions on long
drawbars.

No more than 10 cars may be cut off in motion. EXCEPTION: When switching at 38th
Street with cars destined to tracks 103 through 113 no more than 5 cars may be cut off in
motion.

When kicking or switching cars in 113 track ensure that equipment is secured or coupled
into secured equipment to guard against unexpected movement.

YARD CREWS OVERTIME OR PENALTY MEAL PERIOD REPORTING
-------------------------

Effective immediately, all Denver switch crews and utility employees are required to
inform the Denver yardmaster of any overtime or penalty lunches that are claimed on that
days time ticket.

CREWS NEEDING GENERAL TRACK BULLETINS FOLLOW THE
INSTRUCTIONS BELOW
--------------------------

From the BNSF CREW MANAGEMENT screen enter #13, tab over to train placing
cursor on 1st space, press F1, a pop up screen with a list of train ID types will appear.
Press F2 and under train, type only letter of train type in the 1st space. Example T or Y =
GTB for Yard and Z = GTB for Z Train. All other spaces must be blank. Press enter
twice and a list of GTB's will appear. Place cursor on selected GTB. Press PF9 (Resend)
and a pop up screen will appear Under Lata/Fax type in printer or fax number the GTB
will be sent. Press enter key twice to print or fax. When PF9 (Resend) is pressed, if GTB
is over 4 hours old, a warning screen will appear. Select and type "N", and contact train
dispatcher to ascertain if GTB's are still current.

NOTE: Local and Train crews, not Yard, when called on duty can use train symbol
called for under option #13 to print or fax copy of GTB. Select option #13 and press
enter key, screen will appear. Press enter key twice, list of GTB's will appear. Move
cursor to desired GTB and press PF9 (Resend). Under Lata/Fax type printer or fax where
GTB will be sent, press enter key to print or fax GTB.

TRAIN CREWS NEEDING WORK ORDERS FOLLOW INSTRUCTIONS BELOW
-------------------------

From a BNSF CREW MANAGEMENT screen enter code 8 yard inquiries, then option 9
work order print then enter code 1 print down line stations starting with input station and
enter train symbol. An additional screen will appear with the different printing options,
press enter key to begin printing.

ENGINE FUEL-WATER LEVELS
------------------------

Yard engineers and Remote Control Operators are required to check fuel and water levels
at beginning of shift daily and report reading to appropriate supervisors.

ASCERTAINING BAD ORDERS TO BE SET OUT
--------------------

All originating trains departing Denver Terminal will contact the yardmaster on the yard
radio channel to ascertain any bad orders to be set out of their outbound train prior to
departing.

PERSONAL VEHICLES
-----------------

Personal vehicles will not be used for company business in Denver.

When you arrive at your designated on duty point, any transportation required to get you
to and from a work site is provided by the company. Contact your supervisor if you have
questions concerning these instructions.

HANDLING CARS
-------------

In an attempt to reduce the damage to high value and shiftable loads the following
process will be implemented in the Denver Yard.

   1) No high value or shiftable loads will be kicked into any track where they might
couple into cars standing.
   2) 3000 tons and below may be handled without train air.
   3) Between 3000 and 5000 tons must cut in at least five (5) cars of air.
   4) Over 5000 tons must cut in at least ten (10) cars of air.

IH CAR HANDLING PROCESS
-----------------------

1) Denver Yardmaster will review IH cars in the Terminal every shift thru the use of
YDS Turnover and TSS CommandSearchyd.

2) IH cars will be identified to switch crews at the start of   each shift in safety briefings
and appropriate paperwork provided to these crews.
3) Switch crews are required at the start of each days work to ascertain from their
respective yardmaster, a job briefing covering any I/H loads, high wide or explosive cars
that are prohibited from being cut off in motion, and any other conditions in the yard that
could affect safe switching operations.
    4) Switch crews must report to the Yardmaster if cars are missing from track,
        missing from list or are out of sequence from list by first available means.

       TEY LAYING OFF FAMILY EMERGENCY (FEM)
       ---------------------------

       Once granted authorization for layoff code "FEM" employee MUST contact the
       on duty Terminal Manager at 303-480-6447 or the on duty Trainmaster at 303-
       480-6457 within the next 24 hours, providing them with the reason the employee
       had to mark off "FEM."

       PUSH BUTTON POWERED SWITCHES
       --------------------------

       Operation of Push Button Powered switches at Denver. After operating powered
       switches, employees are responsible for ensuring that the button cover is closed to
       prevent condensation and freezing of the button components. Secure de-icer, as
       conditions require, to free up buttons which are stuck. Employees are also
       required to ensure in icy or snowy conditions that the machine is not "whirring"
       indicating it is attempting to lock but can't due to ice or snow. This condition can
       also drain all battery power from the switches.

       If the push buttons on the control stand fail to operate the switch, follow the
       instructions posted at the switch and operate the switch by use of the hydraulic
       handle.

       THESE ARE NOT RUN THROUGH SWITCHES, THEY MUST BE LINED
       EITHER BY HAND OR REMOTE CONTROL.

       ETD HANDLING
       ------------

       1. Defective ETD's: ETD's found to be defective are to be tagged with pertinent
       information and taken to the Radio Shop where ETD will be inspected, repaired,
       put back in service, or sent to Kansas City for inspection and repairs. If ETD is
       found defective enroute to Denver by train crew, ETD and battery must be left
       intact when tagged and taken to the Radio Shop. If ETD is past due calibration or
       if calibration sticker is illegible, ETD must be tagged and taken to the Radio
       Shop.

       2. Non-Defective ETD's: On-hand supplies of no more than eight (8) ETD's are
       to be kept in Denver, four on the east end and four on the west end. Excess ETD's
are to be taken to the Radio Shop for shipment. ETD's not in use should be kept
in ETD buildings until being applied to train to avoid exposure to weather.

3. Accountability of ETD's: ETD's in the Denver Terminal Complex must be
returned to either one of the ETD buildings located on the east end or the west end
of the yard. ETD'd are not be left at any other location.

4. Foreign ETD's: When a foreign ETD is captured at Denver, it must be taken to
the Radio Shop for shipment to home RR. Foreign ETD's may remain on trains
destined for return to foreign road. Supervisor sending foreign ETD home will be
responsible for contacting ETD Desk.

5. ETD Batteries: Batteries are to be fully charged. If Load Test is 60 days or
older it must be load tested. If it passes load test, apply new load test sticker and
recharge, once charged a midtronics test must be performed. The numbers needed
to pass are posted and vary with temperature. If it passes, the battery is ready for
service. If either A or B cell fails, the battery is not to be used and must be bad
ordered to the Radio Shop with an out of service tag. ALL batteries must receive
a midtronics test if they fail, they must be taken out of service. Batteries are to be
kept in ETD Building in train yard during and after charging to minimize
exposure to weather.

6. ETD's for UPS Peak Season: November 23 through January 1 of each year.
The first shift carmen will take a Quantum ETD to the Radio Shop for inspection.
If a Quantum ETD is available it must be used. If one is not available, get a
standard ETD and good battery to the Radio Shop for inspection. During the
Peak Season, we want to ensure good ETD function for the Z trains.

7. ETD HANDLING: Transfer or other crews handling transfers from Denver
Yard to the UP Yard are prohibited from handling the ETD's. UPRR or BNSF
Mechanical personnel or their designees in the affected yards will handle all the
ETD's. Exceptions granted only if made in advance of any handling, and can only
be approved by the Denver on duty Trainmaster or Asst. Supt.

8. If Utility man is attached for purposes of handling ETD/ETM, no other
crewmember will be permitted to handle ETD/ETM without express permission
of the on duty Trainmaster or Asst. Superintendent.

9. When train crews or the trainmaster take the ETD's from the ETD Building,
they must inform the Lead Man on duty 303-480-6317 or the Car Foreman on
duty at 303-883-3581.

10. Mechanical personnel will then remove ETD from inventory and have a
replacement sent as necessary.
     BNSF WINDSOCK LOCATIONS
     -----------------------
5)
     Existing Locations:

     31st Street Light Tower
     38th Street Light Tower

     INDUSTRY PLAYBOOKS FOR DENVER
     ----------------------------

     New Industry Books for Denver Industries have been published and copies will be
     available on request to crew members needing to switch those industries. See on
     duty Trainmaster for a copy.

     DISPOSITION OF SIGNAL AWARENESS FORMS BY CREWS AT DENVER
     ---------------------------

     ROAD CREWS - One slot is designated at the Denver Crew Facility for the
     purpose of filing time tickets and Signal Awareness forms, each marked
     accordingly. They are located in the crew room at 31st Street.

     YARD TRANSFER CREWS & ROAD SWITCHERS - Turn in completed forms
     with your delay sheets to the Outside Trainmaster.

     INSTRUCTIONS FOR TY&E EMPLOYEES - YARD MOVEMENT TIME
     INITIATIVE
     --------------------------

     Yard crews/jobs will make every effort to meet the following expectations:

     A. On duty to first wheel move - 30 minutes (maximum)
     B. Lunch period 30 minutes (wheels stop to wheels move)
     C. Last move to tie up not to exceed 30 minutes

     Yard jobs scheduled to receive work via the work order reporting
     (Hammerhead/Renegade) System will need to receive their download within 10
     minutes of on-duty time and prior to receiving job safety briefing.

     Yard crews which utilize work order reporting must ensure that all information is
     reported accurately including inventory and spot and pull times. Track/train lists
     should be accurate and in proper sequential order prior to sending upload.

     For purposes Yard Movement Time Initiatives the following definitions shall
     govern reporting:
     1. The time in which the first movement of the shift began: First wheel
     movement for transfer crews will be defined as time of the first rotation of the
     steel wheel on an engine or the rubber tire on a crew van. For all other crews it
     will be the time of the first rotation of the steel wheel.
        (Defined as time to the nearest minute of the FIRST rotation of the steel wheel
     on an engine or the rubber tire on a crew van)

     2. The time in which the last movement was prior to meal period (IF NO MEAL
     PERIOD, ENTER XXXX). Entry must be made if any meal period is taken. This
     includes if meal period is taken at end of shift.
6)
     3. The time in which the first movement was after meal period (IF NO MEAL
     PERIOD, ENTER XXXX). Entry must be made if any meal period is taken.

     4. The time in which the last movement was made prior to off duty time.
     (Defined for transfer crews as time to the nearest minute of the STOP time of the
     steel wheel on an engine time of the steel wheel on an engine or the rubber tire on
     a crew van). For all other crews it will be the time of the last rotation of the steel
     wheel.

     5. For utility man, first move counts as time when employee has left yardmaster
     tower to complete first move. Last move counts as time when employee has
     completed last move prior to tying up.

     TRASH DISPOSAL
     --------------

     Trash receptacles are located throughout the terminal, therefore, do not place trash
     or trash bags on the ground as it creates a tripping hazard.

     INBOUND ROAD CREWS ARE NOT TO TAKE A MEAL PERIOD PRIOR
     TO TYING UP

     CROSSOVER SWITCHES IN DENVER TERMINAL
     --------------------------

     Both switches of a crossover must be lined for movement prior to movement
     commencing through the crossover. Switches may be left in the reverse position
     (lined for crossover movement) on other than main track in the Denver Yard.
     When a train crew, switch crew or utility employee restores switches in the
     crossover to normal position, both switches must be restored to normal position
     prior to movement commencing over the switch.

     GUIDELINES FOR SECURING EQUIPMENT
     --------------------------
Engineer and conductor or switch crew are jointly responsible to ensure
equipment that is not actively being switched or is left unattended is properly
secured and sufficient number of handbrakes are applied to prevent movement.
Employees will be governed by ABTH 102.1, ABTH 102.1.1, ABTH 102.1.2 and
ABTH 104.14 and GCOR 7.6.

To minimize risk when determining the minimum number of hand brakes, the
following number of handbrakes to apply on cars is as follows:

(Note: Release test is required)

Denver 31st Street
------------------

Tracks 101 and 102 - 2 hand brakes or sufficient number
Tracks 103 through 142 - 2 hand brakes
Tracks 143 through 146 - 2 hand brakes or sufficient number
Main Line and Coal 1 and Coal 2 - 4 hand brakes for loaded trains 2 hand brakes
for empty coal trains

Hogans Alley Track 2401
-----------------------

7 hand brakes for loaded trains, 3 hand brakes for empties

LODO Track 2410
---------------

9 hand brakes for loaded trains, 4 hand brakes for empties


Rennix Yard (revised December 3, 2009)
-----------

East and West Packer Tracks - Minimum of 2 handbrakes

All other Yard Tracks    - If the tonnage exceeds the guidelines set under ABTH
104.14, then you must apply handbrakes to a minimum of 25% of the cars.

RENNIX YARD INSTRUCTIONS
------------------------

When a train, yard job or transfer is arriving or departing Rennix Yard, the
conductor or foreman and yardmaster will be jointly responsible for determining
how the derail will be placed in the derailing position once the movement is
complete on the Lower Rennix Lead.
INTERMODAL RAMP FACILITY
------------------

Crew members are prohibited from riding any car into or out of the Intermodal
Ramp Facility. It will be necessary to get a ride inside a vehicle to protect
movement in this area.

When necessary to ride a light engine in this area, proper body placement will be
up on the platform of the engine. It is NOT permissable to ride on the steps of the
engine.

The following tracks are considered Intermodal Ramp Tracks:

 Rennix Tracks . . . . . East Packer (218) & West Packer (213)

Explanation - with the truck activity around tracks within the ramp, a person on
the side of a flat car is extremely vulnerable. This will ensure a safe body
placement if the unexpected occurs and intermodal equipment fouls the tracks.

ALIGNING MISMATCHED COUPLERS
-------------------------

A) Within Denver Terminal, the preferred method to align mismatch couplers
will be by using a Knuckle-Mate or the other assistant devices as outlined in
TY&E Safety Rule 13.2.4 Sections B thru (Lining Bar, Car Mover Pile, Pinch
Bar, Coupler Alignment Strap, or Knuckle-Mate). If attempting to align
mismatched couplers without using a device ensure the prescribed method is
followed as outlined in S-13.2.4 Section A.

B) Knuckle-Mates are located at the following locations:
i) 38th Street
   Attached to light tower near second solar switch on North Lead
   Attached to Yardmaster Tower
   Attached to light tower on middle lead near the west end Scale Track
ii) 31st Street
   Attached to light tower on North side near 138 switch

   B) When mechanical devices are not available contact the Yardmaster to
obtain assistance from the Car Department.

DERAILMENTS / CLOSE CALLS / INCIDENTS
-------------------------

In addition to GCOR 1.1.3, when involved in any type of rail incident/accident or
injury, do not move equipment or locomotives until instructed by Company
Officer, unless movement is required for medical purposes.

INTERCHANGE TRANSFERS TO THE UNION PACIFIC NORTH YARD
--------------------------

All interchange transfers to the SP will have a Transfer Air Test performed by
BNSF Car Department prior to departing Globeville Yard. BNSF Car
Department will provide an air slip as proof on inspection and an ETD will be
used on all cuts to the SP. BNSF crew will be responsible to ensure ETD is
captured from the UP Mechanical Team and returned to 31st St.The UP
Mechanical Team must handle ETDs at their facility.

RCO INSTRUCTIONS AND INFORMATION
------------------

RCO Pullback System on 38th Street North Lead
---------------------------

On the North Lead at 38th Street, an RCO Pullback System is incorporated into
RCZ A. This system prevents equipped RCO locomotives from moving beyond a
specific point (250 ft. west of EBCS on North Lead) when making eastward
movements and in RCO mode. The Pullback System technology will have no
effect on other locomotives moving thru the Pullback limits.

The Pullback System does NOT relieve RCO crew members from compliance
with GCOR Rules 6.5, 6.5.1, 6.7, 6.28 and SSI Item 23, Remote Control Zones,
and any other rule or requirements relating to Remote Control Operations.

When using a Pullback Equipped Remote Control Locomotive (RCL):

1) The pullback system will prevent eastward RCO movements from leaving the
east end of RCO Zone A;

2) The pullback system has no control over, and does not affect westward RCO
movements.

3) RCO crews must ensure the Pullback System is ON (via Canac Talker
Message) whenever their locomotive begins EASTBOUND movement in the
Pullback Limits. If the Talker message fails to broadcast the "Pullback On"
message, crew must determine Pullback System Status (by activating OCU Status
button) before proceeding.

4) Locomotives equipped with pullback system hardware may still not have
operational pullback systems - Step #3 must be complied with each time the
remote control locomotive enters the pullback limits.
5) Pullback system may be overridden by a process detailed in a briefing document
located at 38th St. Switchmen's Shack. Whenever Pullback is overridden, RCO crews
must ensure point protection is provided for continued eastward movement.

6) Whenever Pullback Override has been in effect, RCO crews must ensure status of
Pullback System (ON or Disabled) before further eastward movement.

To Reset Pullback System:

RCL must leave and re-enter Pullback OR;

Remote / Manual Switch must be moved from Remote to Manual and back to Remote
to reset Pullback and turn off Override feature. Crew members must confirm Talker
Message that states "Pullback ON".

7) Pullback system only works if RCL is equipped with Pullback software and
hardware. Contact 38th St. Yardmaster to verify if your consist is equipped.

8) When controlling unit of RCO consist is NOT the east unit in the consist,
maximum number of locomotives in consist must not exceed 2.

9) All RCO crew members must receive training in Pullback System operation
before using the Pullback system at 38th Street. Training will consist of:

   The Pullback briefing document, a job briefing prior to link up, and a Pullback
trained individual riding with the non-trained RCL crew member for at least one hour.

10) If there is not at least one member of your crew trained on the Pullback system,
contact 38th St. Yardmaster before linking up and a Trainmaster will assist with
training.

RCO Check Rides
---------------

The certificates of RCO operators have to be signed every calendar year just like a
conventional locomotive engineer certificate. RCO operators who have not had an
annual ride and have not had their certificate signed by a DSRC qualified
Transportation Supervisor in the previous calendar year, must notify the on duty
Transportation Supervisor prior to performing service as an RCO employee. RCO
employees that have not had an annual check ride will notify the DCRC
Transportation Supervisor prior to October 31. This process will help ensure that
certificates are kept current for employees that may only work RCO assignments a
limited number of times each year. BNSF System Special Instructions Item 49
outlines employees responsibilities and requirements for maintaining certification.
RCO Student OJT and Peer Training Requirements
--------------------------

RCO students must complete the Student RCO Evaluation form for every tour of duty
that they work during the OJT portion of their training. This form must also be
completed by the Peer Trainer and then faxed to 303-480-6203. Peer trainers are
responsible for rating each competency as outlined on the form and providing
feedback if necessary. The student must ensure that the time spent operating

The student must ensure that the time spent operating the RCL equipment as well as
the total time per shift is documented on the form and that the form is completely
filled out. These forms must be retained and given to the DSRC performing the final
ride evaluation. 40 hours of actual time spent operating the equipment is required
before a final ride will be performed to complete the certification process.

Forms can be obtained from the Trainmaster on duty or the RCO leave behind trainer.

RCO Operations
--------------

1. At 38th Street a cabinet has been provided in the Switchman's Room to secure
Operator Control Units. OCU's not in use will be secured and cabinet locked. Sign
In / Sign Out log will be maintained in the cabinet. 38th Street Remote Control
Operators will be responsible for the securement of OCU's, and the proper
documentation on the Sign In / Sign Out Log.

2. All crew members who operate in RCO service are REQUIRED to sign their OCU
out at the beginning of the shift and in at the end of shift on the appropriate form.
OCU is to be returned to proper storage area. The on duty Trainmaster or yardmaster
will properly store OCU and place the batteries in the chargers provided.

3. In the event of an OCU failure, (Form #488159042 BNSF OUT OF SERVICE
TAG) will be filled out by the employee who experienced the failure. This form will
be attached to the bad order OCU with a complete description of failure along with
any fault codes that were displayed. Defective OCU will be given to the on duty
Trainmaster or yardmaster. The defective OCU will be taken out of service and sent
in for repair. If BNSF OUT OF SERVICE TAG is not readily available, the on duty
Trainmaster will provide the proper form to the employee.

4. The following information is to be used as a guideline only. RCO crews are
responsible to ensure pull out movements stay within the limits of an activated RCO
Zone:

 Zone A 38th Street North Lead - 2,120 feet
 Zone 2 Rennicks Lead - 3,610 feet
 Zone 3 West Packer strip track Rennicks Yard - 5,410 feet
 Zone 4 East Packer strip track Rennickx Yard - 5,520 feet

5. RCO crews operating in the Denver Terminal must utilize the remote control
safety briefing worksheet provided, complete and turn in following the end of their
shift(s) along with their signed time slip.
July 19, 2012
BNSF Railway Co.
COLORADO DIVISION

GENERAL NOTICE NO. 444

TO ALL CONCERNED,

SUBJECT: ~Raton Subdivision Instructions

Colorado Division General Notice No. 267 is cancelled and reissued

=======================
Explanation: Information added at Raton
=======================

Add the following:

At Raton:

Tracks 9703 and 9704 at Raton are out of service account derailment damage.
Watch your footing between MP 659.5 and MP 659.7 along Tracks 2, 3, 4 in Raton yard
account ballast and track disturbed.

1. BNSF crews deadheading on Amtrak are entitled to seating on the train. Seating is
permitted in lounge, dining cars, or crew quarters if seating in coach is not available.
Any meals or food secured on the train are at the employees expense. Meals and food are
not to be charged to the BNSF.

2. Crews going on duty at Raton must contact the dispatcher or a transportation
supervisor for any work on line. Conductor must check inbound train list and work orders
to verify all set outs and pick ups have been made prior to departure.

3. VRU and Manpower phone numbers:
  Raton VRU......445-7250

 Raton Manpower Coordinator......8-676-2062

4. On the Raton Subdivision between MP 644.0 AND 658.0 Roadrailer equipment must
not be left unattended or left standing without being coupled to other equipment or
locomotive(s) unless equipment is protected by a derail.

5. When setting out at Jansen, crews should leave entire train behind eastbound control
signal at Jansen on Main 1 or Main 2. This will enable train to depart on signal
indication.

6. Westward trains on the Raton Subdivisions will notify the dispatcher if the lead
locomotive has a bad order air conditioner or is not equipped with an air conditioner.

7. Raton Subdivision crews must notify the Road Foreman of Engines as soon as possible
at 719-845-4122 OR 719-680-1818 if there are any problems with distributed power.

8. At Raton, inbound crews will report fuel readings of locomotives in their consist to the
dispatcher prior to arrival at Raton. The dispatcher will determine if fuel is required and
will contat the fuel vendor. Westbound consists with more than 1000 gallons will not
fuel at Raton unless authorized.

 Engines that are not on through trains, helper consists or coal units that need fuel will be
placed in Track 9703. If 9703 is full, the overflow units will be placed in 9708. Continue
to fuel on the main track at the east and west end of Raton but only if the dispatcher
instructs crew to arrange for fuel at those locations. Locations mentioned in this notice
are the only locations that are to be used for fueling at Raton.
May 24, 2012
BNSF Railway Co.
COLORADO DIVISION

GENERAL NOTICE NO. 443

TO ALL CONCERNED,

SUBJECT: ~Dalhart Subdivision Instructions

=======================
Colorado Division General Notice No. 277 is cancelled and reissued Sweetbran-Cargill
information added
=======================

Dalhart Subdivision Watering Locations

Dalhart (MP 417.7)

At Amarillo
-----------

Do not occupy Taylor Street (MP 335.89), Polk Street (MP 335.95) or Tyler Street (MP
336.02) crossings at grade until crossing warning devices are seen to be working.

Due to duplicated mileposts on the Dalhart and Twin Peaks subdivisions the 'On
Subdivision' feature has been turned on in the CTWC System, which will require the
dispatcher to transmit the subdivision name when issuing track warrants on these
subdivisions.

At Dalhart
----------

Sweetbran-Cargill - Before departing Amarillo on G-EDYDHT/G-CBLDHT call 806-
244-0112 ext. 25 for spotting instructions from the control room.

Upon arrival at Dalhart if Blue Flag is still up contact Sweetbran at 806-244-0112 ext. 25.

Crews picking up trains out of the Sweet Bran facility are required to VTR their Class I
Air Test and pick-up prior to departing Dalhart.

In the event that a crew will not be able to pull the empty train from the Sweet Bran
facility before their HOS, they must contact the Control Room 806-244-0112 ext. 25 to
see if the power needs to be left east of the county road to allow the facility to continue to
work until the relief crew arrives to pull the train.

Attempt to contact the Road Switcher at Dalhart on Ch. 66 prior to contacting the UP
Dispatcher for the interlocker to ensure that the Road Switcher is clear and no switches
are lined against your movement.
May 23, 2012
BNSF Railway Co.
COLORADO DIVISION

GENERAL NOTICE NO. 442

TO ALL CONCERNED,

SUBJECT: ~Voice Train Reporting (VTR)
    Mobile PBX Access Numbers
    ALL SUBDIVISIONS

Colorado Division General Notices 15-18-270-303-384 are cancelled

Utilize the following information to connect to the Mobile PBX Network for VTR
reporting as required.

To Connect: Set the radio channels (Tx,Rx) as identified in the chart, press the access
code, wait for dial tone, Press 8 and then dial 593-7670 for Voice Train Reporting.

To Disconnect: Press * and number (if any) that was used to access.

Denver North
------------

Station        Channel          Tx     Rx      Access

Denver      Channel 3 = R        93     37      *1
Brighton    Channel 5 = G        29     68      *1
Cheyenne Channel 4 = B           97     34      *2
Farthing     Channel 5 = G       29     68       *1
Pine Ridge Channel 3 = R         93     37      *2
Douglas     Channel 5 = G        29     68      *1
Casper      Channel 3 = R       93     37      *2
Copper Mtn. Channel 7 = Y        9     92      *2
Basin       Channel 3 = R       93     37      *2
Sheep Mtn. Channel 4 = B        97     34      *2
Rimrock 1 Channel 5 = G         29     68      *1

Denver East
-----------

Denver        Channel 3 = R    93      37      *1
Brighton      Channel 5 = G    29      68      *1
Wiggins Channel 8 = W      55       21      *1
Peetz     Channel 5 = G    29       68      *2
Akron      Channel 4 = B    97       34      *1
Wray      Channel 3 = R     93       37      *1
Culbertson Channel 4 = B    97       34      *1


Denver South
------------

Denver        Channel 3 = R   93      37      *1
Sedalia       Channel P4       90      15      *
Colorado Springs Channel P2    95       9     *1
Pueblo       Pueblo            7      62      *1
La Junta    Channel P4        90      15      *
Springfield Channel P3        92      10      *
Boise City Channel P4         90      15      *
Dumas       Channel P5        95       9     *
Amarillo     Channel P3       92      10      *
Dalhart     Channel P5        79      21      *1
Texline      Channel 3 = R    93      37      *1
Des Moines Channel 4 = B      97      34      *1
Trinidad     Channel P5       79      21      *1
Walsenburg Channel 4 = B      97      34      *1
Raton       Channel P2        95      9      *
Las Vegas Channel P4          90      15      *
April 30, 2012
BNSF Railway Co.
COLORADO DIVISION

GENERAL NOTICE NO. 440

TO ALL CONCERNED,

SUBJECT: ~Engineer Report of Train Separations, Train Stalls, Unusual Events, and
Energy Management System Failures

=======================
Colorado Division General Notice No. 398 is cancelled and reissued with Energy
Management System Failure information added and updated contact information
=======================

In addition to the requirements of Air Brake and Train Handling Rule 102.18, when a
train separation, train stall or unusual event defined below occurs, the following
additional reporting must be given by all BNSF engineers operating on the Colorado
Division.

A copy of the Train Exception Report attached to this notice must be faxed to the Road
Foreman of Engines as shown in the table below. File a copy of the report at the end of
the trip in accordance with local terminal procedures.

Many times the NOC will alert the appropriate Road Foreman who will interview the
train crew prior to end of tour of duty. However, if no interview is conducted, the
locomotive engineer needs to leave a a voice message (hours of service permitting) prior
to the end tour of duty, on the respective Road Foreman of Engines office phone of the
affected territory. In the voice message give a description of all information contained in
the report below and any comments you feel would help determine the root cause of the
event.

Events that require this reporting process include train separations, train stalls, engineer
or conductor induced emergencies ( EIE or CVE ), heavy reductions ( 15 psi or greater
reduction ), penalty applications, independent brake usage above 10 MPH, or any
undesired emergencies (UDE).

In the event of a failure of any of the Energy Management Systems:
Trip Advisor (TA), Trip Optimizer (TO) or Leader, the form must be completed and sent
to the Manager Operating Practices in addition to the requirements of Air Brake and
Train Handling Rules 106.9 and communicated to the Mechanical Desk.

Subdivision          Contact Information        Road Foreman
-----------      -------------------   -------------

Casper/ Canyon/ Cody fax 307-473-5247          Paul Cullison     office 307-473-5221

Front Range / Moffat     fax 303-480-7907      James Castleberry office 303-480-6217

Brush / Akron          fax 303-480-7907      Kelly McClain office 303-480-6222

Pikes Peak / Pueblo     fax 719-549-3537    Jerry Slizeski     office 719-549-3525

Boise City         fax 806-379-3395         Jimmy Feerer office 806-379-3306

Dalhart / Twin Peaks     fax 719-845-4158    Blaine Roeder Spanish Peaks             office
719-845-4122

Colorado Division Manager Operating Practices/ Fuel fax 308-763-2259
Brandon Petty office 308-763-2354
------------------------


BNSF RAILWAY

Engineers Unusual Incident Report

Complete this form for all Train Separations, Train Stalls, and unusual events including
EMS event as outlined in General Notice.

ENGR _______________
STUDENT ENGR ______________
CONDUCTOR ____________
DIVISION __________________________
SUBDIVISION _______________________
TRAIN SYMBOL ______________________
LEAD LOCOMOTIVE ___________________

REMOTE CONSIST "B" _______________________ "C" ________________________

TRAIN INFORMATION LOADS ______ EMPTIES ______ TONS ______ LENGTH
_______

DATE ______________ TIME OF OCCURRENCE __________ MP OF EVENT
__________

SPEED AT TIME OF EVENT ________ LAST SIGNAL INDICATION
_________________
MP LEAD LOCOMOTIVE STOPPED __________________

THROTTLE _______ AMPS LEAD _______ Remote B ________ Remote C
__________

DYNAMIC BRAKE POSITION ____ AMPS LEAD ____ REMOTE B _____
REMOTE C _____

AIR BRAKE REDUCTION IN EFFECT (LBS) _______ FLOW METER READING
_________

DETAILS OF EVENT ARE AS FOLLOWS


Use additional paper is necessary    OP FORM 200801
April 20, 2012
BNSF Railway Co.
COLORADO DIVISION

GENERAL NOTICE NO. 438

TO ALL CONCERNED,

SUBJECT: ~Brush Subdivision Instructions


Colorado Division General Notice No. 434 is cancelled and reissued

=======================
Explanation: Information concerning Remote Control Operations at Sterling, Colorado
added
=======================

NOTE: Crews operating on the Brush Subdivision will be governed by the Denver
Terminal General Notice and the Denver Industry General Notice for operation within the
Denver Terminal Complex.

Remote Control at Sterling
-------------------------

RCO Pullback System on RCZ 1 at Sterling

This system prevents equipped GE RCO locomotives from moving beyond a specific
point when making movements in RCO mode.

The Pullback system will have no effect on conventional locomotives moving through the
pullback limits.

The Pullback system does not relieve RCO crew members from compliance with GCOR
Rules 6.5, 6.5.1, 6.7, 6.28 and SSI Item 23 Remote Control Zones, and any other rule or
requirement relating to Remote Control Operations.

The Pullback system is designed to prevent movement beyond the end of the activated
RCZ.

Whenever an RCO crew enters the Pullback limits and the RCZ is activated, both crew
members must confirm via "Pullback ON" message on their OCU that the Pullback
System is operational.
If the locomotive enters the Pullback limits and either crew member does not receive the
"Pullback ON" message, the movement must be immediately stopped, and Pullback
status must be confirmed before proceeding.

If Pullback system is not properly functioning, a job briefing must be conducted to
determine how the crew will ensure movement stays within the activated RCZ limits.

Crews must notify Mechanical Help Desk immediately if their locomotive pullback
system is not operating properly.

RCO consists at Sterling must not exceed 12 POWERED Axles.

If a Remote Control Job has more than 2 locomotives in the consist, the locomotive that
is linked must be in the lead position.

Pullback protection is a safety overlay, and must not be intentionally used to stop RCL
from exiting the zone.

At Sterling
-----------

Crews arriving and departing Sterling by way of the UP Pass must call the VTR and
report their arrival and departure times.

Train crews must contact the dispatcher and obtain a route through the yard before
passing the west end of the UP Pass.

Guidelines for Securing Equipment
-----------------

The following are guidelines for securing equipment on the Brush Subdivision by
location.

Engineer and conductor or switch crew are jointly responsible to ensure equipment left
unattended is properly secured and sufficient number of handbrakes are applied to
prevent movement. Employees will be governed by ABTH 102.1, ABTH 102.1.1,
ABTH 102.1.2 and ABTH 104.14.

To minimize risk when determining the minimum number of hand brakes, the following
number of handbrakes to apply on cars is as follows:

(Note: Release test is required)

Brush - 3 handbrakes must be applied on each track on both ends both ends of the yard.

Sterling - 3 handbrakes must be applied on each track on the north end of Sterling Yard
Denver and Sterling
-------------------

All crews called to deadhead from Denver to Sterling or Sterling to Denver must contact
the Brush Sub Dispatcher when reporting for duty.

Give the Dispatcher your on-duty time and the Dispatcher will issue further instructions.
BNSF Railway Co.
COLORADO DIVISION

GENERAL NOTICE NO. 437

TO ALL CONCERNED,

SUBJECT: ~Pueblo Terminal Instructions

Colorado Division General Notice No. 363 is cancelled and reissued.

=======================
Explanation: Pueblo Yard Remote Control Zones information added
=======================

Pueblo Yard Remote Control Zones

1. Pueblo Yard Remote Control Zones (RCZ's) A, B & C contain an RCO Pullback
System. This system prevents equipped RCO locomotives from moving beyond a
specific point when making southward pullout moves to the end of the Pond Lead. The
Pullback System technology will have no effect on other locomotives moving through the
Pullback limits.

2. The Pullback System does NOT relieve RCO crew members from compliance with
GCOR Rules 6.5, 6.5.1, 6.7, 6.28 and SSI Item 23, Remote Control Zones, and any other
rule or requirements relating to Remote Control Operations.

3. The Pullback System is designed to prevent movement beyond the end of the activated
RCZ.

4. Whenever an RCO crew enters the Pullback Limits and the RCZ is activated, both
crew members must confirm via "Pullback ON" message on their OCU, that the Pullback
System is operational.

5. If the locomotive enters the Pullback Limits and either crew member does not receive
the "Pullback ON" message, the movement must be immediately stopped and Pullback
status must be confirmed before proceeding.

6. If the Pullback System is not properly functioning a job briefing must be conducted to
determine how the crew will ensure movement stays within the activated RCZ limits.

7. Crews must notify Mechanical Help Desk immediately if their locomotive pullback
system is not operating properly.
8. RCO consists at Pueblo must not exceed 12 POWERED Axles.

9. If a Remote Control Job has more than 2 locomotives in the consist, the locomotive
that is linked must be in the lead position.

10. Pueblo RCO Jobs when handling cars, must have a minimum number of cars with air
hoses connected:
 0-999 tons        no cars with air required
 1000-2999 tons      3 cars
 3000 tons or greater 5 cars

Pullback protection is a safety overlay, and must not be intentionally used to stop RCL
from exiting the zone.

Pueblo Yard Vehicle Instructions
--------------------------

A green Ford Escape has been provided to Pueblo Yard to assist in making all yard
movements. This vehicle will be used only in the yard. It will not leave the yard to go to
Minnequa, JM, convenience stores, Pueblo Jct., etc. and will not be allowed to leave the
yard.

Fuel will be dispensed at the storage tank that has been used in the past for the yard mule.

Road crews will also have limited use of this vehicle. When not in use by the yard crew,
it can be used for making cuts, moving up the ETD., etc. However, once work is
completed, the vehicle must be returned to its designated parking space.

The vehicle is to be parked when not in service (end of shift, etc.) in the first parking spot
north of the Trainmaster's office each day. This will be where the vehicle is parked when
not in use. This way everyone will always know where it will be when a switch crew is
not using it.

A lock box will be put up in the yard office and key will be placed in this box at the
completion of shift each day after vehicle is parked in the designated parking space. The
code for the box is 1311.

Maximum speed in the yard will be 15 MPH. Seat belts are to be used at all times the
vehicle is being used. Seat belt use will be monitored.

Keep vehicle floor clear of trash, debris, etc. Storage of tools, air hoses, etc. will be ok in
back of the vehicle. Keep the interior clean at all times.

When the vehicle needs an oil change, maintenance, tire repair, etc, please contact
Dathan Brummer, Dan Markley or Tessa Bertrand to arrange for such service. If there is
a low tire, and the communication shop supervisor, Wayne Barton, is present; he does
have a compressor in the shop and can add air. Do not operate the vehicle if it has a flat
tire.

Be very cautious when backing up. Do not make a reverse movement with the vehicle if
there are occupants in the vehicle other than the driver.

Pueblo Yard Office
------------------
Combination locks have been installed on the Pueblo Yard Office doors. The
combination is #13111

Reporting for Duty
------------------

All originating trains out of Pueblo upon reporting for duty, will contact Rennix
yardmaster within 5 minutes of your on duty time. If delayed for any reason such as
waiting for train lists or track warrants, the conductor is the only crew member who will
be responsible to get paperwork. The engineer, along with brakeman if available, will
need to start getting power prepared in order to be prepared to get to train when
conductor arrives.

Crews are required to contact Rennix yardmaster with the following times "On Power
Time", "Power on Train Time", "Air Test Done time", and "Pull Time".

Trains originating at Pueblo are required to contact the Rennix yardmaster of any
exceptions with their train within 2 hours of their on duty time if they cannot depart
within 3 hours of their on duty time.

Yard Engine Foreman must contact Rennix for instructions within 5 minutes of on-duty
time or return from lunch.

Through Trains
--------------

Conductors on through trains that have work at Pueblo must contact the Rennix
Yardmaster prior to arriving Pueblo Yard for instructions.

Terminating Trains
------------------

All ETD's need to be removed and placed in the ETD rack in the TY&E locker room in
the Pueblo Yard Office.

All locomotives left in the Pueblo Yard will have the doors and windows closed.

All trains terminating at Minnequa and GCC Dakota must contact the Rennix yardmaster
for instructions on handling of the locomotives and ETD unless clearly outlined by work
order message or instructions from dispatcher.

Radio Channels for Pueblo Yard
--------------------------

Channels 30 and 55 are the only operating channels while working in Pueblo Yard.
Channel 55 will be the primary switching channel.
Channels 39 and 32 are prohibited.

Shoving Trains in Pueblo Yard
-------------------------

When shoving a cut of cars in a northward direction from the yard side
(inbound/outbound) to the Class Track Lead, no more than 20 will be handled at one
time. Crews will need to use either 414 or 721 leads if handling more than 20 cars.

Derails in Pueblo Yard
----------------------

Power Derails - South Pueblo Yard use Channel 30 to operate.

1. Verify that nothing is on the derail circuit either ahead of or behind the derail.
2. Key in tone to operate the derail OUTBOUND LEAD #1211-DERAIL SET (light is
blue) #1233-DERAIL OFF (light is dark) INBOUND LEAD #1311-DERAIL SET (light
is blue) #1333-DERAIL OFF (light is dark)
3. To use buttons on the side of the control box, press the desired button (ON/OFF) for
the direction that you want the machine to go and then release it.
4. Once the derail has thrown, verify that the blue indicator light is illuminated or
extinguished for the desired route.

If you have to use the hand pump operation see directions on control panel.
April 13, 2012
BNSF Railway Co.
COLORADO DIVISION

GENERAL NOTICE NO. 436

TO ALL CONCERNED,

SUBJECT: ~Front Range Subdivision Instructions

Colorado Division General Notice No. 435 is cancelled and reissued
Colorado Division General Notice No. 423 is cancelled

=======================
Explanation: Cheyenne Ballast Operation Instructions revised
=======================

Crews operating on the Front Range Subdivision will be governed by the Denver
Terminal General Notice and the Denver Industry General Notice when operating within
the Denver Terminal Complex.

Regulating HPT on the Front Range Subdivision
-------------------------

The following guidelines are in effect on the Front Range Subdivision for regulating
HPT.

1. Do not isolate below 1.5 HPT for any reason.
2. If notified by dispatcher that winter operations are in effect, do not isolate below 1.7
HPT for DP trains and 1.9 for conventional trains.

Longmont
--------

Buck Local Reporting Instructions

R COL4251 - Buck Local

Conductor on the Buck Local at Longmont will need to follow these guidelines for
reporting their work daily:

Departure at Longmont
 * TRNSET (on command line) - will need to run a TRNSET on the command line to
generate an accurate outbound wheel prior to departing Longmont. Extra board
conductors can call Field Support to have them generate a wheel out of Longmont.
  * VTR - will need to call the VTR and record a Train Departure (TD) with the time you
left Longmont East Yard (This event can be called in when you arrive at Denver)

Arrival at Denver
 * VTR a Train Arrival (TA) into Denver with the time you enter RL Clear Creek, and a
Train Set Out (SO) into the track that you yard your train in Denver. Enter the (SO) time
when you tie your train down in Denver.
 * Denver Yardmasters will TRNSET your train and give you a wheel out of Denver for
your outbound train.

Arrival at Longmont
 * VTR - Train Departure (TD) out of Denver. This will be the time you go by RL
Clear Creek.
 * VTR - Train Arrival (TA) into Longmont. This will be the time you enter Longmont
East yards.
 * VTR - Train Set out (SO) into Longmont. Enter the Track you arrive your train in
Longmont East Yards

The door code for access into the TY&E room at the Longmont Depot is 2,3,4. This code
is to be used for the north and south doors.

Engineers called to protect any of the Longmont Road Switch jobs must be qualified on
the territory they will operate on. If they are not qualified they must notify the crew
caller when accepting the call that the caller will need to order an Engineer Pilot.

Guidelines for Securing Equipment
-----------------------

The following are guidelines for securing equipment on the Front Range Subdivision.

Engineer and conductor or switch crew are jointly responsible to ensure equipment left
unattended is properly secured and sufficient number of handbrakes are applied to
prevent movement. Employees will be governed by ABTH 102.1, ABTH 102.1.1,
ABTH 102.1.2 and ABTH 104.14.

To minimize risk when determining the minimum number of handbrakes, the following
number of handbrakes to apply on cars is as follows:

(Note: Release test is required)

Cheyenne - 2 handbrakes must be applied on each track on the south end of Cheyenne
Yard

Longmont - any track with 10 cars or less must have 4 handbrakes applied. Any track
with more than 10 cars refer to
ABTH 104.14 Chart, Brakes Per Ton

Protect Open Switch - Front Range Subdivision
-------------------------

Following are Protect Open Switch locations:

SSS FEDERAL       NSS FEDERAL      SSS HORSE CREEK
NSS HORSE CREEK      SSS ALTUS      NSS ALTUS
SSS LAMBERT        NSS LAMBERT      SSS CHUGWATER
NSS CHUGWATER         SSS BORDEAUX      SSS WHEATLAND
NSS WHEATLAND         MOBA JCT.     SSS DWYER
NSS DWYER         SSS BROOMFIELD     NSS BROOMFIELD
NSS LOVELAND        SSS OWL CANYON      NSS OWL CANYON
PLATTE RIVER JCT.    SSS NORFOLK     NSS NORFOLK
SSS SPEER       NSS LONGS PEAK     SSS LONGS PEAK


Grade Crossing Requirements at Broomfield
----------------------

Westbound trains longer than 6,000 feet must stay back of 112th Street until they are
positive they can clear Nickel Street without stopping.

North Yard
----------

In addition to doing work on line as directed by work orders, Longmont Switch jobs must
check the Great Western Railway mailbox located outside the North Yard Depot for
pickup information.

Cheyenne
--------
ADD the following:

All train crews must set out bad order cars to the Roundhouse track and spot them as
close to the concrete pad where the Mechanical Department can make repairs to the cars.
VTR report all cars that are bad ordered.

All ETD's must be left at the Depot on the ETD rack. Cheyenne Local must not leave
ETD's on railcars at Wheatland or Moba, but should bring the ETD back to Cheyenne
and place it on the storage rack for the next local crew to use.

Cheyenne Ballast Operation:
--------------------------
Inbound ballast train crews are to give the BNSF Front Range Dispatcher the fuel
readings off all engines on inbound ballast trains as they arrive in Cheyenne.

All empty unit ballast trains terminating in Cheyenne that come from Denver need to
have the power placed on the South end of the train for the UP to come load, and re-hang
the ETD on the North end of the train.

Ballast Train Reporting:
-----------------------

Inbound ballast train crews are to VTR Report the "arrival" of their train into Cheyenne,
as well as VTR Report a "set out" of the entire train into the track we are leaving the
empty ballast train on.

Outbound crew members on ballast trains are to call Field Support to help generate
outbound wheel for their ballast train and will need to VTR Report the "pick up" of all
the cars on their train, as well as VTR Report a "departure" of Cheyenne.

Instructions for setting out Bad Order cars at Cheyenne:

Northbound Trains: Set out all bad orders into the LP2 stub track, TK# 4142. This is the
stub track located next to the parking lot.

Southbound Trains: Set out all bad orders on the east end of 4110 track. The car needs
to be spotted on the east end of 4110 track where the repair truck can drive next to it.

When trains are yarded at Cheyenne to be held for later departure, and it is necessary to
double a portion of the train to another track, the crew making the double-over will be
sure to place the power back to the larger portion of the train and recharge the air system
leaving the air brakes set.

 Explanation: The purpose for this is to eliminate the necessity of making a walking
inspection of the entire train when preparing to depart.

Security lock code is 4125

MOBA
----

Wyoming seniority district engineers operating between Wendover and Moba are
considered familiar with and qualified on the territory after making two trips between
Wendover and Moba. One trip must be made on a loaded coal train between Wendover
and Laramie River Power plant. The second trip may be on either a loaded coal train or
on an empty returning to Wendover.

Conductors not qualified between Wendover and Moba may operate over the territory
with a qualified engineer who will provide assistance regarding the physical
characteristics of the territory.
March 23, 2012
BNSF Railway Co.
COLORADO DIVISION

GENERAL NOTICE NO. 432

TO ALL CONCERNED,

SUBJECT:~ Pueblo Subdivision Instructions

Colorado Division General Notice No. 427 is cancelled and reissued

=======================
Explanation: Remote Control information added at Pueblo, Colorado Date changed
=======================


NOTE: Crews operating on the Pueblo Subdivision will be governed by the Pueblo
Terminal General Notice within switching limits at Pueblo.

Remote Control at Pueblo
------------------------

On or after April 9, 2012, Jobs Y PUE101, Y PUE102 and Y PUE202 will be converted
to Remote control. Prior to the actual date of this conversion to RCO, Job bulletins will
be posted that will allow individuals to bid on the RCO Training classes for these jobs
plus any training jobs.

At Avondale
-----------

All terminating trains into Avondale to the SLAL Railroad for storage contact train
dispatcher for instructions. Coordinate with SLAL crew for placement. Contact Rodney
with SLAL at 806-781-4443. Power and ETD will be handled as directed by work order,
dispatcher, trainmaster or road foreman of engines.

Road Crossings
--------------

Road crossings located on the Pueblo Subdivision at MP 555.3 and MP 557.4 must not be
blocked in excess of 10 minutes. In the event the crossings must be cut, it is the crews
responsibility to inform the Dispatcher prior to doing so.
March 23, 2012
BNSF Railway Co.
COLORADO DIVISION

GENERAL NOTICE NO. 431

TO ALL CONCERNED,

SUBJECT: ~Pikes Peak Subdivision Instructions

Colorado Division General Notice No. 428 is cancelled and reissued

=======================
Explanation: Remote Control information added at Pueblo Colorado, Date changed
=======================

NOTE: Crews operating on the Pikes Peak Subdivision will be governed by the Pueblo
Terminal General Notice within switching limits at Pueblo.

   Crews operating on the Pikes Peak Subdivision will be governed by the Denver
Terminal General Notice and the Denver Industry General Notice for operation within the
Denver Terminal Complex.

Remote Control at Pueblo
------------------------

On or after April 9, 2012, Jobs Y PUE101, Y PUE102 and Y PUE202 will be converted
to Remote control. Prior to the actual date of this conversion to RCO, Job bulletins will
be posted that will allow individuals to bid on the RCO Training Classes for these jobs
plus any training jobs.

Winter Operations
-----------------

When temperature is zero degrees or less as reported by FED at Greenland, any train that
has helpers attached will be required to take helpers to Colorado Springs with the
exception of Distributive Power trains. The crew will notify DS 16 that they must take
helpers to Colorado Springs.


Tonnage Restrictions between Denver and Pueblo
---------------------

Maximum tonnage for freight trains with standard service couplers (Grade C Steel)
Denver - Palmer Lake operating with head end power only is 8,500 training tons and
requires a minimum of 1.4 HPT.

Four (4) axle high horsepower locomotives must be calculated at 75% of their rating
when figuring tonnage on the Pikes Peak Subdivision.

Maximum tonnage for trains with high strength couplers is 10,000 tons and requires a
minimum of 1.6 HPT.

Maximum tonnage for mixed freight trains is 12,500 tons between Denver and Pueblo
when utilizing DP or manned helpers.

These restrictions do not apply to unit trains.

Maximum tonnage for trains with standard couplers from Colorado Springs to Palmer
Lake will be 7,800 trailing tons with a minimum of 1.5 HPT.

General Information
-------------------

All trains departing Denver must monitor Radio Channel 66 until train is by Englewood.
If train must go to either 54 or 36 to obtain track warrant from UPRR or signal at
Littleton, crew must monitor Channel 66 via packset in case the Brush Line DS has to
contact train on change of route or signal problems between Denver and Englewood.

At Crews
--------

Northward trains that will not fit (over 6900 ft.) between Crews and Mesa Road must
contact the dispatcher prior to passing Old Wilson Road to determine if train will be held
at Crews to eliminate blocking Mesa Road.
March 23, 2012
BNSF Railway Co.
COLORADO DIVISION

GENERAL NOTICE NO. 430

TO ALL CONCERNED,

SUBJECT: ~Spanish Peaks Subdivision Instructions

Colorado Division General Notice No. 429 is cancelled and reissued

=======================
Explanation: Remote Control information added at Pueblo Colorado, Date changed
=======================

NOTE: Crews operating on the Spanish Peaks Subdivision will be governed by the
Pueblo Terminal General Notice within Switching Limits at Pueblo.

Remote Control at Pueblo
------------------------

On or after April 9, 2012, Jobs Y PUE101, Y PUE102 and Y PUE202 will be converted
to Remote control. Prior to the actual date of this conversion to RCO, Job bulletins will
be posted that will allow individuals to bid on the RCO Training Classes for these jobs
plus any training jobs.

At Trinidad
-----------

Deadhead crews must contact dispatcher prior to departure.

Trains departing Trinidad must check fuel readings on lead consist and report them to the
dispatcher.

UP bulletins must be obtained from UP dispatcher at 1-800-382-8511 before leaving
Trinidad Depot.

At Lynn
-------

Stop short of and do not foul private grade crossing at MP 191.5.
September 12, 2011
BNSF Railway Co.
COLORADO DIVISION

GENERAL NOTICE NO. 416

TO ALL CONCERNED,

SUBJECT: ~CANCELLATION NOTICE

The following Colorado Division General Notices are CANCELLED:

28, 30, 160, 170, 185, 195, 201, 218, 241, 243, 285, 296, 297, 327, 334, 338, 347, 352,
353, 354, 357, 358, 364, 374, 381, 383, 387, 390, 399, 400, 404, 412, 414
July 08, 2011
BNSF Railway Co.
COLORADO DIVISION

GENERAL NOTICE NO. 415

TO ALL CONCERNED,

SUBJECT: ~U. S. Air Force Academy Access and Entry Procedures

All employees entering the United States Air Force Academy in Colorado Springs must
produce their BNSF ID before being allowed to enter the base.

If you do not have a BNSF ID or have any questions, contact your local supervisor.
May 10, 2011
BNSF Railway Co.
COLORADO DIVISION

GENERAL NOTICE NO. 408

TO ALL CONCERNED,

SUBJECT: ~Denver Terminal Instructions

Colorado Division General Notice No. 378 is cancelled and reissued.

=======================
Explanation: Crews boarding trains in Denver and surrounding areas required to notify
applicable yardmaster via radio of that fact within 3 minutes of being dropped off by
crew van
=======================

The Terminal Management Team respects labor agreements and will make every effort to
operate within the confines of the schedule. However, there may be circumstances where
an operating penalty may be required to ensure we meet our customer's expectations. In
the event an employee determines that an operating penalty could be involved, it is
recommended that the on duty Trainmaster be contacted. If the employee decides to
submit a claim, provide all necessary information, including the on duty Trainmaster's
name on the special claim ticket for prompt consideration.

RADIO CHANNEL INFORMATION
-------------------------

Due to communication enhancement in the Denver Terminal, be advised that when using
Channel 79 in the Denver Terminal, locomotive radios must be set as follows:

Transmit to Channel 46
Receive to Channel 79

Conductors and switchmen - if your radio has not been reprogrammed contact the on duty
Trainmaster to arrange for reprogramming.


ROAD CREWS & YARD CREWS ON DUTY
-------------------------

All Road and Yard crews going on duty at Denver are expected to conduct their Job
Safety Briefing, read the required newly issued circulars, gather and review their GTB's,
Train Profile, Clearances, etc., to be prepared to depart crew on-duty location within
twenty (20) minutes of their on-duty time.

Denver Switch Crews are to be physically present in proper on duty location within five
(5) minutes of their on-duty time to receive a briefing and relief instructions.

Crews boarding trains in Denver and surrounding areas must notify applicable
Yardmaster via radio of that fact within three (3) minutes of being dropped off by crew
van. Any delay that might prevent movement must be communicated as well. Example:
When boarding train at South Denver please notify the 31st Yardmaster.

Relief crews must be prepared to depart on-duty location within ten (10) minutes of their
on-duty time and must contact dispatcher whose telephone number will be listed on the
830 Board. (In addition, see GCOR 15.12 as amended by SSI)

If for any reason you are not able to comply with these instructions you must notify the
Yardmaster and/or Trainmaster immediately stating why you cannot proceed to your
train. That Yardmaster/Trainmaster will handle any corrective actions that are necessary.

Foremen of any crew that is delayed or stopped for any reason by more than 15 minutes
must immediately contact appropriate Yardmaster by radio on applicable radio channel.
If unable to contact them in that fashion, foreman must call Yardmaster at 480-7436 to
report the delay.

SWITCHING INSTRUCTIONS
----------------------

When instructed to couple and verify a track by the yardmaster you will verify each car is
in the track and that the cars are in the correct order. Upon completion of list
verification, you will need to fill out a Denver Outbound Checklist and ensure the
original copy is forwarded to the proper yardmaster as well as notify yardmaster of any
changes in the inventory. Either the utility man or the switch crew can verify the list at
the yardmasters discretion.

The following tracks must be coupled and stretched when:

Track 126 when there are 20 or more cars in track
Track 138 when there are 30 or more cars in track

If possible avoid leaving cars on a curve.

If possible cars must not be kicked or cut off in motion when the cars are destined to
couple to a car on a curve.

** Under any circumstances do not kick or pin cars off destined to 122 or 123 from
either end of the yard.
When performing switching operations and the situation where a long drawbar car will be
kicked into another long drawbar car it is required to shove to a joint vs. cutting the car
off in motion in an effort to reduce the number of by-passed couplers in the Denver
Terminal. EXCEPTION: On tracks 101 through 120 there are no restrictions on long
drawbars.

No more than 10 cars may be cut off in motion. EXCEPTION: When switching at 38th
Street with cars destined to tracks 103 through 113 no more than 5 cars may be cut off in
motion.

When kicking or switching cars in 113 track ensure that equipment is secured or coupled
into secured equipment to guard against unexpected movement.

YARD CREWS OVERTIME OR PENALTY MEAL PERIOD REPORTING
---------------------------

Effective immediately, all Denver switch crews and utility employees are required to
inform the Denver yardmaster of any overtime or penalty lunches that are claimed on that
days time ticket.

CREWS NEEDING GENERAL TRACK BULLETINS FOLLOW THE
INSTRUCTIONS BELOW
-------------------------

From the BNSF CREW MANAGEMENT screen enter #13, tab over to train placing
cursor on 1st space, press F1, a pop up screen with a list of train ID types will appear.
Press F2 and under train, type only letter of traintype in the 1st space. Example T or Y =
GTB for Yard and Z = GTB for Z Train. All other spaces must be blank. Press enter
twice and a list of GTB's will appear. Place cursor on selected GTB. Press PF9 (Resend)
and a pop up screen will appear Under Lata/Fax type in printer or fax number the GTB
will be sent. Press enter key twice to print or fax. When PF9 (Resend) is pressed, if GTB
is over 4 hours old, a warning screen will appear. Select and type "N", and contact train
dispatcher to ascertain if GTB's are still current.

NOTE: Local and Train crews, not Yard, when called on duty can use train symbol
called for under option #13 to print or fax copy of GTB. Select option #13 and press
enter key, screen will appear. Press enter key twice, list of GTB's will appear. Move
cursor to desired GTB and press PF9 (Resend). Under Lata/Fax type printer or fax where
GTB will be sent, press enter key to print or fax GTB.

TRAIN CREWS NEEDING WORK ORDERS FOLLOW INSTRUCTIONS BELOW
---------------------------

From a BNSF CREW MANAGEMENT screen enter code 8 yard inquiries, then option 9
work order print then enter code 1 print down line stations starting with input station and
enter train symbol. An additional screen will appear with the different printing options,
press enter key to begin printing.

ENGINE FUEL-WATER LEVELS
------------------------

Yard engineers and Remote Control Operators are required to check fuel and water levels
at beginning of shift daily and report reading to appropriate supervisors.

ASCERTAINING BAD ORDERS TO BE SET OUT
-------------------------

All originating trains departing Denver Terminal will contact the yardmaster on the yard
radio channel to ascertain any bad orders to be set out of their outbound train prior to
departing.

PERSONAL VEHICLES
-----------------

Personal vehicles will not be used for company business in Denver.

When you arrive at your designated on duty point, any transportation required to get you
to and from a work site is provided by the company. Contact your supervisor if you have
questions concerning these instructions.

HANDLING CARS
-------------

In an attempt to reduce the damage to high value and shiftable loads the following
process will be implemented in the Denver Yard.

   1) No high value or shiftable loads will be kicked into any track where they might
couple into cars standing.
   2) 3000 tons and below may be handled without train air.
   3) Between 3000 and 5000 tons must cut in at least five (5) cars of air.
   4) Over 5000 tons must cut in at least ten (10) cars of air.

IH CAR HANDLING PROCESS
-----------------------

1) Denver Yardmaster will review IH cars in the Terminal every shift thru the use of
YDS Turnover and TSS Command Searchyd.

2) IH cars will be identified to switch crews at the start of each shift in safety briefings
and appropriate paperwork provided to these crews.
3) Switch crews are required at the start of each days work to ascertain from their
respective yardmaster, a job briefing covering any I/H loads, high wide or explosive cars
that are prohibited from being cut off in motion, and any other conditions in the yard that
could affect safe switching operations.
4) Switch crews must report to the Yardmaster if cars are missing from track, missing
from list or are out of sequence from list by first available means.

TEY LAYING OFF FAMILY EMERGENCY (FEM)
-----------------------

Once granted authorization for layoff code "FEM" employee MUST contact the on duty
Terminal Manager at 303-480-6447 or the on duty Trainmaster at 303-480-6457 within
the next 24 hours, providing them with the reason the employee had to mark off "FEM."

PUSH BUTTON POWERED SWITCHES
--------------------------

Operation of Push Button Powered switches at Denver. After operating powered
switches, employees are responsible for ensuring that the button cover is closed to
prevent condensation and freezing of the button components. Secure de-icer, as
conditions require, to free up buttons which are stuck. Employees are also required to
ensure in icy or snowy conditions that the machine is not "whirring" indicating it is
attempting to lock but can't due to ice or snow. This condition can also drain all battery
power from the switches.

If the push buttons on the control stand fail to operate the switch, follow the instructions
posted at the switch and operate the switch by use of the hydraulic handle.

THESE ARE NOT RUN THROUGH SWITCHES, THEY MUST BE LINED EITHER
BY HAND OR REMOTE CONTROL.

ETD HANDLING
------------

1. Defective ETD's: ETD's found to be defective are to be tagged with pertinent
information and taken to the Radio Shop where ETD will be inspected, repaired, put back
in service, or sent to Kansas City for inspection and repairs. If ETD is found defective
enroute to Denver by train crew, ETD and battery must be left intact when tagged and
taken to the Radio Shop. If ETD is past due calibration or if calibration sticker is
illegible, ETD must be tagged and taken to the Radio Shop.

2. Non-Defective ETD's: On-hand supplies of no more than eight (8) ETD's are to be
kept in Denver, four on the east end and four on the west end. Excess ETD's are to be
taken to the Radio Shop for shipment. ETD's not in use should be kept in ETD buildings
until being applied to train to avoid exposure to weather.

3. Accountability of ETD's: ETD's in the Denver Terminal Complex must be returned to
either one of the ETD buildings located on the east end or the west end of the yard.
ETD'd are not be left at any other location.

4. Foreign ETD's: When a foreign ETD is captured at Denver, it must be taken to the
Radio Shop for shipment to home RR. Foreign ETD's may remain on trains destined for
return to foreign road. Supervisor sending foreign ETD home will be responsible for
contacting ETD Desk.

5. ETD Batteries: Batteries are to be fully charged. If Load Test is 60 days or older it
must be load tested. If it passes load test, apply new load test sticker and recharge, once
charged a midtronics test must be performed. The numbers needed to pass are posted and
vary with temperature. If it passes, the battery is ready for service. If either A or B cell
fails, the battery is not to be used and must be bad ordered to the Radio Shop with an out
of service tag. ALL batteries must receive a midtronics test if they fail, they must be
taken out of service. Batteries are to be kept in ETD Building in train yard during and
after charging to minimize exposure to weather.

6. ETD's for UPS Peak Season: November 23 through January 1 of each year. The first
shift carmen will take a Quantum ETD to the Radio Shop for inspection. If a Quantum
ETD is available it must be used. If one is not available, get a standard ETD and good
battery to the Radio Shop for inspection. During the Peak Season, we want to ensure
good ETD function for the Z trains.

7. ETD HANDLING: Transfer or other crews handling transfers from Denver Yard to
the UP Yard are prohibited from handling the ETD's. UPRR or BNSF Mechanical
personnel or their designees in the affected yards will handle all the ETD's. Exceptions
granted only if made in advance of any handling, and can only be approved by the
Denver on duty Trainmaster or Asst. Supt.

8. If Utility man is attached for purposes of handling ETD/ETM, no other crewmember
will be permitted to handle ETD/ETM without express permission of the on duty
Trainmaster or Asst. Superintendent.

9. When train crews or the trainmaster take the ETD's from the ETD Building, they must
inform the Lead Man on duty 303-480-6317 or the Car Foreman on duty at 303-883-
3581.

10. Mechanical personnel will then remove ETD from inventory and have a replacement
sent as necessary.

BNSF WINDSOCK LOCATIONS
-----------------------

Existing Locations:

31st Street Light Tower
38th Street Light Tower


INDUSTRY PLAYBOOKS FOR DENVER
--------------------------

New Industry Books for Denver Industries have been published and copies will be
available on request to crew members needing to switch those industries. See on duty
Trainmaster for a copy.

DISPOSITION OF SIGNAL AWARENESS FORMS BY CREWS AT DENVER
--------------------------

ROAD CREWS - One slot is designated at the Denver Crew Facility for the purpose of
filing time tickets and Signal Awareness forms, each marked accordingly. They are
located in the crew room at 31st Street.

YARD TRANSFER CREWS & ROAD SWITCHERS - Turn in completed forms with
your delay sheets to the Outside Trainmaster.

INSTRUCTIONS FOR TY&E EMPLOYEES - YARD MOVEMENT TIME
INITIATIVE
--------------------------

Yard crews/jobs will make every effort to meet the following expectations:

A. On duty to first wheel move - 30 minutes (maximum)
B. Lunch period 30 minutes (wheels stop to wheels move)
C. Last move to tie up not to exceed 30 minutes

Yard jobs scheduled to receive work via the work order reporting
(Hammerhead/Renegade) System will need to receive their download within 10 minutes
of on-duty time and prior to receiving job safety briefing.

Yard crews which utilize work order reporting must ensure that all information is
reported accurately including inventory and spot and pull times. Track/train lists should
be accurate and in proper sequential order prior to sending upload.

For purposes Yard Movement Time Initiatives the following definitions shall govern
reporting:

1. The time in which the first movement of the shift began: First wheel movement for
transfer crews will be defined as time of the first rotation of the steel wheel on an engine
or the rubber tire on a crew van. For all other crews it will be the time of the first rotation
of the steel wheel.
   (Defined as time to the nearest minute of the FIRST rotation of the steel wheel on an
engine or the rubber tire on a crew van)

2. The time in which the last movement was prior to meal period (IF NO MEAL
PERIOD, ENTER XXXX). Entry must be made if any meal period is taken. This
includes if meal period is taken at end of shift.

3. The time in which the first movement was after meal period (IF NO MEAL PERIOD,
ENTER XXXX). Entry must be made if any meal period is taken.

4. The time in which the last movement was made prior to off duty time. (Defined for
transfer crews as time to the nearest minute of the STOP time of the steel wheel on an
engine time of the steel wheel on an engine or the rubber tire on a crew van). For all
other crews it will be the time of the last rotation of the steel wheel.

5. For utility man, first move counts as time when employee has left then employee has
completed last move prior to tying up.

TRASH DISPOSAL
--------------

Trash receptacles are located throughout the terminal, therefore, do not place trash or
trash bags on the ground as it creates a tripping hazard.

INBOUND ROAD CREWS ARE NOT TO TAKE A MEAL PERIOD PRIOR TO
TYING UP

CROSSOVER SWITCHES IN DENVER TERMINAL
--------------------------

Both switches of a crossover must be lined for movement prior to movement
commencing through the crossover. Switches may be left in the reverse position (lined
for crossover movement) on other than main track in the Denver Yard. When a train
crew, switch crew or utility employee restores switches in the crossover to normal
position, both switches must be restored to normal position prior to movement
commencing over the switch.

SECURING EQUIPMENT - Inbound trains and cars coupled in tracks
--------------------------

Engineer and conductor or switch crew are jointly responsible to ensure equipment left
unattended is properly secured and sufficient number of handbrakes are applied to
prevent movement. The minimum number of handbrakes to apply on cars is as follows:

Denver 31st Street
------------------
Tracks 101 and 102 - 6 hand brakes
Tracks 103 through 146 - 2 hand brakes
Main Line and Coal 1 and Coal 2 - 4 hand brakes for loaded trains 2 hand brakes for
empty coal trains

Hogans Alley Track 2401
-----------------------

7 hand brakes for loaded trains, 3 hand brakes for empties

LODO Track 2410
---------------

9 hand brakes for loaded trains, 4 hand brakes for empties

Rennix Yard (revised December 3, 2009)
-----------

East and West Packer Tracks - Minimum of 2 handbrakes on all Intermodal cars
All other Yard Tracks    - If the tonnage exceeds the guidelines set under ABTH
104.14, then you must apply handbrakes to a minimum of 25% of the cars.

RENNIX YARD INSTRUCTIONS
------------------------

When a train, yard job or transfer is arriving or departing Rennix Yard, the conductor or
foreman and yardmaster will be jointly responsible for determining how the derail will be
placed in the derailing position once the movement is complete on the Lower Rennix
Lead.

INTERMODAL RAMP FACILITY
---------------------

Crew members are prohibited from riding any car into or out of the Intermodal Ramp
Facility. It will be necessary to get a ride inside a vehicle to protect movement in this
area.

When necessary to ride a light engine in this area, proper body placement will be up on
the platform of the engine. It is NOT permissable to ride on the steps of the engine.

The following tracks are considered Intermodal Ramp Tracks:

 Rennix Tracks . . . . . East Packer (218) & West Packer (213)

Explanation - with the truck activity around tracks within the ramp, a person on the side
of a flat car is extremely vulnerable. This will ensure a safe body placement if the
unexpected occurs and intermodal equipment fouls the tracks.

ALIGNING MISMATCHED COUPLERS
-------------------------

A) Within Denver Terminal, the preferred method to align mismatch couplers will be by
using a Knuckle-Mate or the other assistant devices as outlined in TY&E Safety Rule
13.2.4 Sections B thru (Lining Bar, Car Mover Pile, Pinch Bar, Coupler Alignment Strap,
or Knuckle-Mate). If attempting to align mismatched couplers without using a device
ensure the prescribed method is followed as outlined in S-13.2.4 Section A.

B) Knuckle-Mates are located at the following locations:
i) 38th Street
   Attached to light tower near second solar switch on North Lead
   Attached to Yardmaster Tower
   Attached to light tower on middle lead near the west end Scale Track
ii) 31st Street
   Attached to light tower on North side near 138 switch

   B) When mechanical devices are not available contact the Yardmaster to obtain
assistance from the Car Department.

DERAILMENTS / CLOSE CALLS / INCIDENTS
---------------------

In addition to GCOR 1.1.3, when involved in any type of rail incident/accident or injury,
do not move equipment or locomotives until instructed by Company Officer, unless
movement is required for medical purposes.

INTERCHANGE TRANSFERS TO THE UNION PACIFIC NORTH YARD
--------------------------

All interchange transfers to the SP will have a Transfer Air Test performed by BNSF Car
Department prior to departing Globeville Yard. BNSF Car Department will provide an
air slip as proof on inspection and an ETD will be used on all cuts to the SP. BNSF crew
will be responsible to ensure ETD is captured from the UP Mechanical Team and
returned to 31st St.The UP Mechanical Team must handle ETDs at their facility.

RCO INSTRUCTIONS AND INFORMATION
----------------

RCO Pullback System on 38th Street North Lead
------------------

On the North Lead at 38th Street, an RCO Pullback System is incorporated into RCZ A.
This system prevents equipped RCO locomotives from moving beyond a specific point
(250 ft. west of EBCS on North Lead) when making eastward movements and in RCO
mode. The Pullback System technology will have no effect on other locomotives moving
thru the Pullback limits.

The Pullback System does NOT relieve RCO crew members from compliance with
GCOR Rules 6.5, 6.5.1, 6.7, 6.28 and SSI Item 23, Remote Control Zones, and any other
rule or requirements relating to Remote Control Operations.

When using a Pullback Equipped Remote Control Locomotive (RCL):

1) The pullback system will prevent eastward RCO movements from leaving the east end
of RCO Zone A;

2) The pullback system has no control over, and does not affect westward RCO
movements.

3) RCO crews must ensure the Pullback System is ON (via Canac Talker Message)
whenever their locomotive begins EASTBOUND movement in the Pullback Limits. If
the Talker message fails to broadcast the "Pullback On" message, crew must determine
Pullback System Status (by activating OCU Status button) before proceeding.

4) Locomotives equipped with pullback system hardware may still not have operational
pullback systems - Step #3 must be complied with each time the remote control
locomotive enters the pullback limits.

5) Pullback system may be overridden by a process detailed in a briefing document
located at 38th St. Switchmen's Shack. Whenever Pullback is overridden, RCO crews
must ensure point protection is provided for continued eastward movement.

6) Whenever Pullback Override has been in effect, RCO crews must ensure status of
Pullback System (ON or Disabled) before further eastward movement.

To Reset Pullback System:

RCL must leave and re-enter Pullback OR;

Remote / Manual Switch must be moved from Remote to Manual and back to Remote to
reset Pullback and turn off Override feature. Crew members must confirm Talker
Message that states "Pullback ON".

7) Pullback system only works if RCL is equipped with Pullback software and
hardware. Contact 38th St. Yardmaster to verify if your consist is equipped.

8) When controlling unit of RCO consist is NOT the east unit in the consist, maximum
number of locomotives in consist must not exceed 2.
9) All RCO crew members must receive training in Pullback System operation before
using the Pullback system at 38th Street. Training will consist of:

  The Pullback briefing document, a job briefing prior to link up, and a Pullback trained
individual riding with the non-trained RCL crew member for at least one hour.

10) If there is not at least one member of your crew trained on the Pullback system,
contact 38th St. Yardmaster before linking up and a Trainmaster will assist with training.

RCO Check Rides
---------------

The certificates of RCO operators have to be signed every calendar year just like a
conventional locomotive engineer certificate. RCO operators who have not had an
annual ride and have not had their certificate signed by a DSRC qualified Transportation
Supervisor in the previous calendar year, must notify the on duty Transportation
Supervisor prior to performing service as an RCO employee. RCO employees that have
not had an annual check ride will notify the DCRC Transportation Supervisor prior to
October 31. This process will help ensure that certificates are kept current for employees
that may only work RCO assignments a limited number of times each year. BNSF
System Special Instructions Item 49 outlines employees responsibilities and requirements
for maintaining certification.

RCO Operations
--------------

1. At 38th Street a cabinet has been provided in the Switchman's Room to secure
Operator Control Units. OCU's not in use will be secured and cabinet locked. Sign In /
Sign Out log will be maintained in the cabinet. 38th Street Remote Control Operators
will be responsible for the securement of OCU's, and the proper documentation on the
Sign In / Sign Out Log.

2. All crew members who operate in RCO service are REQUIRED to sign their OCU out
at the beginning of the shift and in at the end of shift on the appropriate form. OCU is to
be returned to proper storage area. The on duty Trainmaster or yardmaster will properly
store OCU and place the batteries in the chargers provided.

3. In the event of an OCU failure, (Form #488159042 BNSF OUT OF SERVICE TAG)
will be filled out by the employee who experienced the failure. This form will be
attached to the bad order OCU with a complete description of failure along with any fault
codes that were displayed. Defective OCU will be given to the on duty Trainmaster or
yardmaster. The defective OCU will be taken out of service and sent in for repair. If
BNSF OUT OF SERVICE TAG is not readily available, the on duty Trainmaster will
provide the proper form to the employee.

4. The following information is to be used as a guideline only. RCO crews are
responsible to ensure pull out movements stay within the limits of an activated RCO
Zone:

Zone A 38th Street North Lead - 2,120 feet
Zone 2 Rennicks Lead - 3,610 feet
Zone 3 West Packer strip track Rennicks Yard - 5,410 feet
Zone 4 East Packer strip track Rennickx Yard - 5,520 feet

5. RCO crews operating in the Denver Terminal must utilize the remote control safety
briefing worksheet provided, complete and turn in following the end of their shift(s)
along with their signed time slip.
March 23, 2011
BNSF Railway Co.
COLORADO DIVISION

GENERAL NOTICE NO. 405

TO ALL CONCERNED,

SUBJECT: ~Van Transportation Cost Reduction Measures

Colorado Division General Notice No. 320 is cancelled and reissued.

=======================
Explanation: Denver Terminal Complex Vans Usage information Item F revised
=======================

In order to control and/or reduce BNSF increased costs in van transportation during these
tough economic times, we need your help in reducing these costs.

1. Wait times for Van Drivers (when a van stays in one place or does nothing for a period
of time constitutes wait time. Wait time charges only apply to Road vans. With limited
exceptions, every minute the van is stopped BNSF is charged an additional fee.)
    A. TY&E employees are not authorized to extend the wait time, regardless of the
circumstance. This includes all train types; locals, thru, road switchers, work, and yard
trains.
2. Stop/Shop/Eat times (when a van stops for any reason, including
stopping/shopping/and eating constitutes wait time. Every minute the van is stopped,
BNSF is charged an additional fee.)
    A. Van Driver(s) and crew members deadheading on various routes are not authorized
to change the routing of the deadhead. Permission must be obtained from a Terminal
Manager, Trainmaster, or MCO prior to changing a specific route.
    B. Crews desiring to stop en-route to eat must obtain permission from the MCO or
respective Trainmaster prior to departure. When authorized, stops cannot exceed 15
minutes. Unauthorized stops, excessive stop times, or route changes resulting in delay,
will be evaluated for compliance, to ensure trip changes match transportation provider
records.
    C. The following routes are authorized to stop for 30 minutes to eat.
      * Between Denver, CO. and McCook, NE.
      * Between Provo, UT. and Grand Junction, CO.
      * Between Trinidad, CO. and LaJunta, CO.
3. Dogcatching
    A. When called to dogcatch, a crew is not allowed to make any stops en-route to
assigned location. All route changes must be approved by trick dispatcher or Chief on-
duty. Crew must depart the originating terminal within 30 minutes of on duty time. When
extenuating circumstances apply, please communicate departure time and/or plan with
on-duty Trainmaster.
Van will be released after reaching destination, unless the van is assigned to the crew by
the trick dispatcher, Chief on-duty, MCO, Trainmaster, or Terminal Manager for
additional work purposes.

4. Denver Terminal Complex Vans Usage

A. Van drivers will only receive direction from the Rennix Yardmaster. When a crew
reports for duty in the 31st Street Yard office, they will report to the Rennix Yardmaster
to request a van. The crews can no longer contact the van drivers directly.

B. All assist time will be approved by the Rennix Yardmaster, as well as the amount of
assist time. Crews will not give the van drivers instruction or determine the amount assist
time.

C. Rennix Yardmaster will be responsible for maintaining the provided "Crew Hauling
Record Sheet." At the end of the shift all boxes must be filled out. Rennix/ BNSF/
Renzenberger will still maintain logs. BNSF drivers must get Rennix yardmaster to sign
their log at the end of every shift.

D. In a timely manner and when it is safe to do so, the van drivers must answer their
radios at all times.

E. When a BNSF van driver arrives back at the terminal they will report back to the
Rennix Yardmaster for further instruction. If a BNSF van driver needs to be taken out of
rotation it will only be for other job responsibilities, getting water, paper, etc, as well as
taking his or her lunch. Before taking themselves out of rotation, BNSF drivers must get
approval from the Rennix yardmaster.

F. Any crew requesting a van is to contact the Rennix yardmaster via channel 32.
March 09, 2011
BNSF Railway Co.
COLORADO DIVISION

GENERAL NOTICE NO. 403

TO ALL CONCERNED,

SUBJECT: ~Denver Terminal Familiarization Requirements

Colorado Division General Notice No. 2-6-372-373-397 are cancelled
Colorado Division General Notice No. 368 is cancelled and reissued

=======================
Explanation: Changes made to number of familiarization trips required
=======================

All Train service employees exercising seniority to the Colorado Division at Denver
Terminal to any assigned yard job or road switcher, to Boards 42, 41, 10, 11, 20, 21, 30
and 31 from another division are governed by the instructions below:

Prior to exercising seniority to Denver Terminal to any of the above mentioned board one
of the supervisors listed below must be contacted so employee(s) may be placed on Board
777, upon completion of trips and territory familiarization quiz employee(s) will be
placed to Board 4.

Intra-divisional seniority moves may also require compliance with instructions contained
within this notice. Contact the operating officers identified below to determine if
familiarization trips are required. (Example: Sterling employee exercising seniority to
Denver may be required to make familiarization trips.)

Train service employees exercising seniority to the Colorado Division at Denver
Terminal from another division must become familiar with the physical characteristics of
subdivisions and terminals, methods of operation, Division General Orders, Division
General Notices, and policies. Employees are required to meet with Superintendent or
their designee responsible for the subdivision or terminal in which they will work. The
purpose of this meeting is to review the Denver Employee Preparation to Work Matrix, to
establish a time line for completing familiarization trips, to review employee personal
record, to review division policies, procedures and division circulars. Employees holding
certification as Hostler, Remote Control Operator or Train Service Engineer must have
their Certification requirements current before marking up on any of the boards listed.

When making familiarization trips, Yardmen or Trainmen are not allowed to perform any
type of service. These trips are for learning the territory and observation only. Employee
will obtain from supervisor and be required to fill out the Denver Employee Preparation
Matrix Version 001 and retain a copy of time ticket at the end of each trip and turn it into
supervisor when all trips completed in addition to the Denver Employee Preparation to
Work Matrix.

In order to achieve a standardized process, all TY&E employees that are making
familiarization trips will be shown on the respective outbound crew board. TYE
Compensations will manage the trip ticket regarding whether payment for familiarization
is warranted or not. On the former BN (CB&Q and C&S) territory, there are no UTU
agreements that provide compensation for familiarization trips.

After exercising seniority, employees will be marked to the familiarization board. After
completing the required number of familiarization trips, the employee will contact the
respective Superintendent or designee. The employee will be required to validate
completion of all required familiarization trips, and the Superintendent or designee will
release the employee from the familiarization board by contacting crew management.

The following minimum number of familiarization trips (12) must be completed before
being released from the familiarization board.

Golden Job(s) on duty at Golden, CO
---------------------

1 Trip Golden Road Switch - R COL4011

Denver Industry
---------------

1 Trip DIM - Y DEN1152
1 Trip Kountry - Y DEN2111
1 Trip AM Market - Y DEN1231
1 Trip PM Market - Y DEN2231
1 Trip Hudson Turn - R COL4503
1 Trip Ladora Turn - R COL4341

Denver Yard
-----------

1 Trip Rennicks - Y DEN2012 & Y DEN3012
1 Trip Salt Mine - Y DEN1031, Y DEN2031, or Y DEN3031
1 Trip South Side - Y DEN2051
1 Trip 38th Street - Y DEN1062, Y DEN2062, Y DEN3062 or
              Y DEN1142, Y DEN2142, Y DEN3142

Irondale Job(s) on duty at Irondale, CO
------------------------
1 Trip Roggen Turn - R COL4501

Additional requirements for Board 10, 20 and 30:
1 round trip to Sterling (Not including deadheads)
Must qualify 1 round trip on R COL4251 at Longmont

Additional requirements for Boards 11, 21 and 31:
1 Trip R COL4521 - on duty Longmont, CO
1 round trip to Cheyenne (Not including deadheads)

Denver Terminal Contacts
-------------------------

Assistant Superintendent      303-480-6452
Terminal Manager             303-480-6447
Senior Trainmaster          303-480-6265
March 08, 2011
BNSF Railway Co.
COLORADO DIVISION

GENERAL NOTICE NO. 402

TO ALL CONCERNED,

SUBJECT: ~Casper Subdivision Instructions

Colorado Division General Notice No. 342 is cancelled and reissued

=======================
Explanation: Change to Guidelines for Securing Equipment at Casper
=======================

Guidelines for Securing Equipment

The following are guidelines for securing equipment on the Casper Subdivision by
location.

Engineer and conductor or switch crew are jointly responsible to ensure equipment left
unattended is properly secured and sufficient number of handbrakes are applied to
prevent movement. Employees will be governed by ABTH 102.1, ABTH 102.1.1,
ABTH 102.1.2 and ABTH 104.14.

To minimize risk when determining the minimum number of handbrakes, the following
number of handbrakes to apply on cars is as follows:

(Note: Release test is required)

Casper - 1 handbrake must be applied on each track on the east and west end of Casper
Yard

Greybull - 3 handbrakes must be applied on each track on the north end of Greybull
Yard.
      2 handbrakes must be applied on each track on the south end of Greybull Yard

At Casper
---------

The combination locks at the main entrance and on the north side of the building are
installed for the security of BNSF employees.
Enter 32236 in the key pad in order to gain access to the depot at Casper.

Locomotive Fueling
------------------

Outbound engineers must obtain fuel readings on all locomotives in consist prior to
departing Laurel and Casper on all departing trains destined to Greybull. Report all
locomotive fuel readings to dispatcher on departure. In the event any locomotive(s) are
added to any consist after departing Greybull, either added on-line or at Casper or
Cheyenne, fuel readings must be taken by the train crew or switch crew adding the
additional locomotives to this consist and the fuel readings of the additional
locomotive(s) must be reported to the dispatcher or MCO to determine if additional fuel
needs to be added at Casper, Cheyenne or Denver.
February 25, 2011
BNSF Railway Co.
COLORADO DIVISION

GENERAL NOTICE NO. 398

TO ALL CONCERNED,

SUBJECT: ~Engineer Report of Train Separations, Train Stalls and Unusual Events

=======================
 Colorado Division General Notice No. 333 is cancelled and reissued with updates to
contact information
=======================

In addition to the requirements of Air Brake and Train Handling Rule 102.18, when a
train separation, train stall or unusual event defined below occurs, the following
additional reporting must be given by all BNSF engineers operating on the Colorado
Division.

A copy of the Train Exception Report attached to this notice must be faxed to the Road
Foreman of Engines as shown in the table below. File a copy of the report at the end of
the trip in accordance with local terminal procedures.

Many times the NOC will alert the appropriate Road Foreman who will interview the
train crew prior to end of tour of duty. However, if no interview is conducted, the
locomotive engineer needs to leave a a voice message (hours of service permitting) prior
to the end tour of duty, on the respective Road Foreman of Engines office phone of the
affected territory. In the voice message give a description of all information contained in
the report below and any comments you feel would help determine the root cause of the
event.

Events that require this reporting process include train separations, train stalls, engineer
or conductor induced emergencies ( EIE or CVE ), heavy reductions ( 15 psi or greater
reduction ), penalty applications, independent brake usage above 10 MPH, or any
undesired emergencies (UDE).


Subdivision --- Contact Information --- Road Foreman

Casper/ Canyon/ Cody Matt Schwabauer
office 307-473-5221 fax 307-473-5247

Front Range / Moffat     James Sowards
office 303-480-6217 fax 303-480-7907

Brush / Akron      Charlie Wiseman
office 303-480-6222 fax 303-480-7907

Pikes Peak / Pueblo Dan Markley
office 719-549-3525 fax 719-549-3537

Boise City        Arlie Fears
office 806-379-3306 fax 806-379-3395

Dalhart / Twin Peaks Spanish Peaks    Blaine Roeder
 office 719-845-4122 fax 719-845-4158
-------------------------

BNSF RAILWAY

Engineers Unusual Incident Report

Complete this form for all Train Separations, Train Stalls, and unusual events as outlined
in General Notice.

ENGR _______________
STUDENT ENGR _____
CONDUCTOR _______
DIVISION ___________
SUBDIVISION ________
TRAIN SYMBOL _______
LEAD LOCOMOTIVE ___
REMOTE CONSIST "B" _______
"C" ________________________
TRAIN INFORMATION LOADS
EMPTIES ______
TONS ______
LENGTH _______
DATE ______________
TIME OF OCCURRENCE _______
MP OF EVENT __________
SPEED AT TIME OF EVENT ____
LAST SIGNAL INDICATION ___
MP LEAD LOCOMOTIVE STOPPED
THROTTLE _______
AMPS LEAD _______
Remote B ________
Remote C __________

DYNAMIC BRAKE POSITION ____
AMPS LEAD ____
REMOTE B _____
REMOTE C _____

AIR BRAKE REDUCTION IN EFFECT (LBS) _______
FLOW METER READING _________

DETAILS OF EVENT ARE AS FOLLOWS


Use additional paper is necessary   OP FORM 200801
January 27, 2011
BNSF Railway Co.
COLORADO DIVISION

GENERAL NOTICE NO. 394

TO ALL CONCERNED,

SUBJECT: ~Amarillo Crew Base Job Safety Briefing

The following information is applicable to Amarillo based employees working on the
Dalhart and Boise City Subdivisions.

Prior to departing Amarillo, all TY&E employees called to work on either the Boise City
or Dalhart Subdivisions, that have not made a trip on these Subdivisions in the previous
thirty (30) days are required to listen to the recorded briefing on company line 8-480-
7979 or 1-303-480-7979.
January 21, 2011
BNSF Railway Co.
COLORADO DIVISION

GENERAL NOTICE NO. 393

TO ALL CONCERNED,

SUBJECT: ~Remote Control Operations

=======================
Colorado Division General Notice No. 26 is cancelled and reissued in its entirety.
=======================

In addition to System Special Instructions Item 23, the following will apply:

1. If remote control feature of an RCO operation fails and there is a need to go into
conventional operations, all applicable collective bargaining agreements must be strictly
adhered too. Conventional operation requires an engineer called from the applicable
decision table through Crew Support Center, Topeka.

2. RCO ground employees are not permitted and will not be authorized to operate any
locomotive by any conventional means. Only certified locomotive engineers or hostlers,
while assigned to a conventional locomotive operation, are allowed to operate a
locomotive in conventional mode. If there is a need for any reason to operate the RCO
engine in conventional mode, contact the appropriate authority. Failure to comply with
these instructions may result in formal discipline.

3. Remote Control Operators will conduct operations consistent with accepted operating
practices for ground service personnel in conventional operations. This means that
Remote Control operator(s) may position themselves in a locomotive cab as a ground
service employee normally would during conventional operations. Remote Control
Operators shall work from the ground as a ground service employee normally would in
conventional operations.

4. When working in a locomotive cab, a Remote Control Operator with control over
movement will not receive hand or radio signals directing movement from other crew
members on the ground, except in an emergency. A Remote Control Operator in the cab
should use the "shared" or "pitch and catch" feature on the Remote Control Transmitter if
it is necessary for an RCO on the ground to direct movement.

5. The Remote Control Operator at the coupling is required to be the primary operator
during a coupling operation.
Example 1: Can a utility employee attach to a RCO Job and help make a coupling?
     Yes - must follow the requirements of rule GCOR 5.13.1

 Example 2: A crew of two Remote Control Operators is involved in switching
operations. The operator at a coupling should be the primary operator who will make a
coupling. If the other operator is in control, stop short of coupling and transfer control to
the operator located at coupling.

 Example 3: A crew is working with an attached Utility Employee who is assisting in
setting out a block of cars and will be at the location of coupling when the cut of cars are
put back together. Either Remote Control Operator may be the primary operator as
neither are located at the coupling and are receiving signals from the Utility Employee.

 Example 4: Can a Utility Employee attach to a RCO crew and provide service?
       "As used in this rule, a Utility Employee is a railroad employee assigned as a
temporary member of a train or yard crew." "Utility Employees are able to work in
conjunction with RCO crews and make joints and protect shoves."
January 21, 2011
BNSF Railway Co.
COLORADO DIVISION

GENERAL NOTICE NO. 391

TO ALL CONCERNED,

SUBJECT: ~Union Pacific Railroad, Moffat Tunnel, Glenwood Springs, Green River and
Provo Subdivision Instructions

=======================
Colorado Division General Notice No. 386 is cancelled and reissued with information
added to 'Denver - Westward Trains'
=======================

Updated Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus (SCBA) Requirements

All TY&E employee working through the Moffat Tunnel between Denver and
Kremmling MUST be trained and certified in the use of a TUNNEL ESCAPE
RESPIRATOR.

Employees that require familiarization on this territory must contact the Denver Terminal
Trainmaster at 303-480-63457 or Denver Road Foreman at 303-480-6217 prior to
performing service in any capacity.

Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus (SCBA)

In the event you place yourself on this territory and are not certified, contact Bob Yenter
at 720-971-3117 to get certified when making your first familiarization trip. It is your
responsibility to notify Mr Yenter when called, to meet you at the yard office at your on
duty time. Respirator certification is good for one year and re-certification should be
arranged thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of your certification.

Each crew member working out of Denver is required to obtain and take a SCBA Unit on
every tour of duty when working on the Union Pacific Moffat Tunnel Subdivision.

Crew members are responsible for their SCBA Unit during the entire round trip. When
typing up a Kremmling, SCAB Units should be kept in the private room provided, and
must be returned to the SCBA secured room upon arrival at Denver.

Obtaining Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus (SCBA)

* Brief overview of how it works
 All SCBA have been outfitted with new RFID tags

  An RFID reader panel with touch-screen control is installed at room entry, controlling
the door lock

 When crew members approach the SCBA, RFID tags are read

  Crew members log in and indicate on the touch screen, whether SCBA are used or not,
door unlocks

  Crew members return used SCBA and/or checks out new SCBA, which are read on exit
from the room

  Crew members confirm checked out SCBA on the touch screen and transaction is
complete.

* Crew Operation of System

* Logging in
* Employee ID
* PIN (same as old AVS)
* Checking in
  * Displays SCBA in reading area
  * Asks to indicate whether tank used
  * Door lock releases

* Checking Out
  * Login as above
    * Any SCBA coming out of the storage room are detected
    * Warning for expired or used SCBA
    * Confirm SCBA and end transaction

* Important Points
   * Expired SCBA
     * System will detect expired SCBA on checkin / checkout and will give warning on
screen
     * If used or expired detected at checkout, return to room and get new SCBA
     * Always look at case seal; if broken, select another SCBA
     * To avoid errors in SCBA detection do not crowd into the area of the RFID reader.
Only one crew member at a time should be within 10 inches of the RFID reader.

Each employees ID and a unique PIN number will be used to check out and return the
unit. Be certain to follow the prompts on the screen. Employees having difficulty
operating the vending machine may contact a Trainmaster for help.

In the event an SCBA Unit is used enroute to Kremmling, employees must notify a
Trainmaster at 303-480-6457 when tying up. Leave the used SCBA Unit in the crew
room so it can be picked up for reconditioning. When calling the Trainmaster to report
that a unit has been used, provide the unit/identification number of the used SCBA, so it
can be replaced. The Trainmaster will make arrangements for the used unit to be picked
up. Two replacement SCBA units are available at Kremmling in the crew room. Be
careful to ensure that the replacement SCBA unit obtained when departing Kremmling is
a fully charged/reconditioned unit. The SCBA training will provide the information
necessary to make the determination whether or not the unit is ready for service.

Trainmasters should use their employee ID to obtain a SCBA when an employee is
unable to obtain a unit using their employee ID. The Trainmaster must ensure that the
employee has been trained on the use of SCBA. In an emergency, the secured room may
be opened using a key.

Further assistance with SCBA secured room access may be obtained by calling 720-971-
3117.

NOTE: Crews operating on UPRR Moffat Tunnel Subdivision will be governed by the
Denver Terminal General Notice and Denver Industry General Notice for operation
within the Denver Terminal Complex

Guidelines for Securing Equipment

The following are guidelines for securing equipment on the UP Trackage Rights territory.

Engineer and conductor or switch crew are jointly responsible to ensure equipment left
unattended is properly secured and sufficient number of handbrakes are applied to
prevent movement. Employees will be governed by ABTH 102.1, ABTH 102.1.1,
ABTH 102.1.2 and ABTH 104.14.

To minimize risk when determining the minimum number of handbrakes, the following
number of handbrakes to apply on cars is as follows:

(Note: Release test is required)

Grand Jct. - 2 handbrakes must be applied on each of the depot tracks at Grand Junction

Parachute - 3 handbrakes must be applied on each track at Parachute Yar
-----------------------

Reporting Mechanical Defects

Crews experiencing mechanical defects on locomotives or cars must leave a voice mail
from their tie up location to each of the following numbers:

   817-234-6258     Mechanical Desk
    303-480-7418 Grand Junction Trainmaster
    303-480-6217 Denver Road Foreman
--------------------------

Information Systems Equipment

Properly working communication equipment such as computers, printers, fax machines
and copiers are tools that are vital to the operations at Grand Junction, Provo, and
Kremmling. This equipment is designed for the user to correct most minor problems.
Employees should make themselves familiar with these machines in order to supply these
devices with paper, toner, ribbons, etc. Manuals are available for the equipment at Grand
Junction, Provo, and Kremmling.

If a machine is not operating properly, it is usually something simple and may be
corrected by supplying the machine with the indicated needs, clearing jammed paper,
checking cable connections, or even just turning the machine off and back on.

To send a fax:
-------------

1. From Kremmling: Dial 1 and area code as you would for any destination.

2. From Grand Junction or any BNSF fax: To a BNSF fax with a 480 prefix just dial the
last 4 digits. To a BNSF fax with any other prefix dial 8 then the 7-digit number, no area
code required. Outside fax numbers, dial 8 then 1 then area code then the 7-digit number.

NOTE: Employees must not make personal phone calls using the fax machine phone.

Denver - Westward Trains
------------------------

Add the following:

Crews departing west must ensure their consist includes at least one lead qualified east
facing locomotive.

Trains operating with newer high adhesion 6 axle locomotives such as C40-8, C44-9,
SD60, SD75M, may operate at 2.4 HPT. Trains operating with lower adhesion 6 axle
locomotives such as SD40-2 must have a minimum of 2.6 HPT. Rate 4 axle locomotives
at 75% of their available horsepower due to lighter weight and lower adhesion on steep
grades.

Trains operating with Distributed Power or Manned Helpers must comply with the Union
Pacific Railroad 'Rear or Cut-in Requirement for Helper'.

Note: The HPT guideline for the months of May through September is 2.6.
Grand Junction - Westward Trains
--------------------------

The HPT Guidelines for Grand Junction to Provo is 2.5 HPT. Outbound crews will set
out any unit(s) from head end consist at Grand Junction that would put HPT over 2.5.

Set out bad order locomotives, including locomotives not producing horsepower, at
Grand Junction. If uncertain about requirements, call local supervisor on duty before
departing Grand Junction.

At Grand Junction, Denver, Kremmling and Provo:
-------------------------

Reporting work, required forms, inspecting locomotives, and handling trains on line

1. Signal Awareness forms. (UP Conductors Report) These forms are preprinted with
signal information. Master copies are available in the office and are to be copied by
conductors as needed. Forms must be retained per UP instructions.

2. Whenever cars are set out or picked up, report work using the Voice Train Reporting
System (VTR). VTR access numbers are:

  8-593-7670
  817-593-7670
  1-800-327-3230

   In the event communication through VTR is not available, fax information to Field
Support at 800-234-1341. In addition, add cars picked up to the train list showing the
proper sequence and record the air brake test on the train profile. Bad order cars or
locomotives must be reported to the BNSF Mechanical Desk at first opportunity. Do not
rely on the UP Dispatcher to make these reports to BNSF departments. Faxed reports
should be confirmed by a follow-up phone call.

3. All crews must review their call slip and work orders before departing to determine
work to be done enroute. If crews do not receive a call slip or work order for their train
they must contact the crew caller and have another copy faxed or the work information if
any, conveyed by telephone. Additional information regarding work on line may be
obtained from the operating officer on duty, the BNSF Chief Dispatcher at 817-234-7361
or the UPRR Trick Dispatcher.

4. After clearing the main track at Parachute, trains performing station switching must
use radio channel 66-66. Trains must return to radio channel 23-23 when station
switching is completed.

5. Provo to Kremmling - Eastward Trains
  Prior to departing from Provo, crews are required to log locomotive fuel readings on
their prescribed Signal Awareness Forms. If the fuel level is below 2000 gallons, the
engineer must report that information immediately to their respective supervisor and/or
covering supervisor for further instructions prior to their departure.

  Prior to departing Provo, Grand Junction and Parachute, all outbound conductors on
initial must report the Initial Terminal Air Brake Test information using the VTR system
800-327-3230.

  All originating trains at Provo must retain copy of air slip on lead locomotive as well as
report the information via VTR.

All eastward trains must pick up at Railhead unless notified otherwise. A list of the pick
up with the hazardous information will be left by the road switch crew for the through
train.

Eastward trains with a Parachute set out may operate out of Grand Junction up to 7000
feet in length. The total length departing Parachute, after completing all work, must be
no more than 6000 feet including the length of locomotives.

Crew Change Instructions:
------------------------

Crew changes at Kremmling and Grand Junction must include a roll-by inspection by the
inbound crew unless hours of service or crew connection does not permit it. Inspections
must verify that there are no shifted loads or high-wide loads and exceptions
communicated to the outbound crew and / or the UPRR Dispatcher.

Kremmling Crew Change Instructions
----------------------

1. Track warrants, bulletins, train lists, and work orders will not be issued at
Kremmling. Inbound crews are responsible to ensure required documents are given to
the outbound crew or left in an appropriate place on the lead locomotive.

2. At Grand Junction and Denver, outbound crews must be sure that adequate crew
supplies are provided for outbound crews at Kremmling.

e. Inbound and outbound crew members must have a job briefing to communicate any
exceptions or restrictions and to relay any work to be done on-line.

4. Radio communications between crews will be on Channel 54/54.

5. Trains must not be left unattended unless properly relieved by UP Dispatcher and train
is secured.
6. The lodging facility at Kremmling is the Cliffside Inn, Hwy 9 AND 40. The phone
number is 970-724-9620. Transportation will be provided by the motel to/from train at
Kremmling. The "Rocky Mountain Grill" has been designated as a 24-hour eating
facility for crews going on and off duty.

7. It is mandatory that crews notify calling office of their room number when signing
into motel for automated crew calling purposes.

8. Westbound trains tied down at Kremmling that are in excess of 3800 ft:
  - Stop short of west house track switch
  - Cut both highway and Farmer's crossings when needed to clear
  - When train length requires, pull train west to west end and place DP unit in setout
mode, cut off lead unit and attach to rear of train.

BNSF Printer Lata                 UPRR Printer Lata
-----------------           -----------------
L2050227                      IW92186

Note: Only the BNSF terminal ID listed above will connect with the UPRR information
system and provide access to UPRR General Orders and Notices. Users will need to
verify that the Terminal Session ID corresponds to one of the BNSF Terminal ID's listed
above.

Grand Junction Crew Change Instructions
--------------------

1. Inbound and outbound crew members must have a job briefing to communicate any
exceptions to their train and to relay any work to be done on-line.

2. Radio communication between crews will be on Channel 54/54.

3. Trains must not be left unattended unless properly relieved and train is secured.

4. Locomotive water is available by using the water tap on the south side of the
Pufferbelly Restaurant. There is a hose available in the local caboose. Do not use the
Amtrak water taps in the cabinets on either end of the building as this is potable water for
passenger use. Permission must be obtained from the UPRR Yardmaster to use the water
spigot at the East Yard crosswalk.

Grand Junction Eastbound:
--------------------

1. Crew change will take place at the east end of the depot siding unless conflicting
movement requires the crew change be performed on the Main line.
2. Inbound crew will make pick up at Railhead and outbound crew will make pick up
and/or set out at Grand Junction.

3. Outbound crew will make 1000 mile inspection on all trains that require inspection at
Grand Junction.

4. Prior to departing from Grand Junction crews are required to log locomotive fuel
readings on their prescribed Signal Awareness Forms. If the fuel level is below 1200
gallons the engineer must report that information immediately to their respective
supervisor and/or the covering supervisor for further instructions prior to their departure.

Grand Junction Westbound
------------------------

Outbound crew will make any set out they may have. However, total must not exceed
three moves, unless first authorized by local supervisor of BNSF Chief Dispatcher.

Grand Junction Road Switcher / Parachute Local
-------------------------

All setout cars destined for Parachute must set out at Parachute. Do not bring cars into
Grand Junction unless approved by a supervisor.

Work reporting for Grand Junction Road Switcher and Parachute Turn must be done by
the hammerhead work order reporting system (WORS) unit. Extra Board conductors
should have completed basic training on the unit. If you have not, contact the Grand
Junction Trainmaster to make arrangements. All crews working the Grand Junction Road
Switcher must use the WORS system. Instructions and help line numbers are posted on
the wall next to the unit. If for any reason work cannot be reported with the
hammerhead, then care must be taken to ensure car locations on tracks and sequence of
cars are accurately reported to Field Support by fax and a follow-up phone call.

When spotting the 5th car to tracks 702 or 703 at Railhead, leave an additional 2 cars
coupled to the 5th car to allow for a safe coupling without draw bar adjustment. When
leaving the 5th car off spot, leave it at the clearance point.

To eliminate gravity drops at the Suncor Plant, the crew must split the power.

Durham, Colorado
----------------

Due to the tight curvature of the tracks at Suncor, the industry will be restricted to 4 axle
locomotives only. No 6 axle locomotives will be permitted on tracks 703 and 702.

Provo Instructions:
------------------
TY&E employees must use Hampton Inn, 1511 South 40 East, Provo, Utah, phone 801-
377-6386.

Armadillo Express will be used to shuttle to and from the motel.

Some supplies are available from the yardmaster at Provo; including lantern batteries,
lantern bulbs, drinking water, and crew packs.

Union Pacific Railroad General Orders and Notices
------------------------

Crew members operating on the Union Pacific Railroad may access UPRR General
Orders and Notices by using BNSF VTAM (TSS) logon screens and printing to BNSF
printers by utilizing the associated UPRR printer lata.

Instructions for using the UPRR information system to secure General Orders and
Notices are available from local supervisors at Denver and Grand Junction.

Denver --

The printer latas for crew use are:

BNSF Printer Lata            UPRR Printer Lata
-----------------      -----------------

LP601261                 IU92186
LP601265                 IV92186


BNSF Terminal ID
----------------

FA131511
FB131502
FA131491
December 20, 2010
BNSF Railway Co.
COLORADO DIVISION

GENERAL NOTICE NO. 389

TO ALL CONCERNED,

SUBJECT:~ Instructions for empty grain train delivery to NKCR at Sterling, Colorado

When delivery of empty grain trains to the NKCR at Sterling, Colorado is complete it is
necessary for the inbound conductor to report the delivery through VTR reporting. The
delivery time is when the first set of wheels passes over the switch to the NKCR.

If the train is left on either the UP Pass or a BNSF track for the NKCR to pull at a later
time, the interchange time is when the train is secured on the track.
December 01, 2010
BNSF Railway Co.
COLORADO DIVISION

GENERAL NOTICE NO. 384

TO ALL CONCERNED,

SUBJECT: ~Deadheading Policy

Effective December 1, 2010, BNSF will permit deadheading on all locomotives equipped
with a North American Cab and an operable climate control system with the exception of
the locomotives listed below. This notice replaces previous instructions regarding
deadheading by train. Crews may deadhead on the first through fourth trailing units,
where those units are equipped with a North American Cab (enter-through-the-nose cab).
Orientation of the trailing units may be either short-hood or long-hood forward.

Deadheading must be done with the windows and doors closed and in locomotives with
operable climate control systems. If a crew boards a locomotive for deadheading, and
they find the climate control system to be inoperable, they should seek another
locomotive in the first five units of the consist that does have an operable air
conditioner/heater. If none of the first five units in the consist have an operable air
conditioner/heater, the crew must notify the Dispatcher, Trainmaster or Yardmaster to
discuss an alternate means of transportation.

Other units without enter-through-the-nose cabs (i.e., SD-40, etc.)may be placed at any
position in the locomotive consist, but may not be used for deadheading, except in
situations where road or weather conditions restrict transportation by crew van.

The following North American Cab locomotives are not suitable for lead or deadhead
service:

ROAD NUMBER SERIES LOCOMOTIVE MODEL RAIL CARRIER
================== ================ ============
9330 - 9399   SD70ACE    BNSF
2649 - 2778   SD70M-2   NORFOLK SOUTHERN
4831 - 4850   SD70ACE    CSX
8309 - 8620   SD70ACE    UP
3997 - 3999   SD70ACE    KCS
4030 - 4099   SD70ACE    KCS
8600 - 8629   SD70ACE    KCS
4300 - 4315   SD70ACE    MRL
100 - 103    SD70M-2   FEC
8000 - 8024   SD70M-2   CN
October 26, 2010
BNSF Railway Co.
COLORADO DIVISION

GENERAL NOTICE NO. 379

TO ALL CONCERNED,

SUBJECT: ~Colorado Division Brakeman - Pool Service, Away from Home Terminal
Instructions

All Brakeman, upon arrival at the away from home terminal are instructed to contact the
Colorado Division MCO at the Fort Worth Dispatching Office on company line 8-234-
5113 to make arrangements for their return trip back to their home terminal.
August 27, 2010
BNSF Railway Co.
COLORADO DIVISION

GENERAL NOTICE NO. 370

TO ALL CONCERNED,

SUBJECT: ~Brake Stick Locations
SUBDIVISION: All

=======================
Colorado Division General Notice No. 349 is cancelled and reissued with new brake stick
location on the Pueblo Subdivision
=======================

The Colorado Division has placed Brake Sticks at various locations for crews to utilize
when operating conventional hand brakes. The placement of the brake sticks is a result of
feedback received at Safety marathons, Enhanced Safety Training classes and
communication with employees. In addition to the specific locations outlined below,
many brake sticks are available at terminals, on Locals, Road Switchers, with Rapid
Responders and Front Line Supervisors. Employees are encouraged to use this equipment
when applying and releasing hand brakes. If other locations warrant placement of a brake
stick, contact a Safety Coordinator or Front Line Transportation Supervisor with your
recommendation.

Akron Subdivision                Front Range Subdivision
-----------------          -----------------------
Akron - Local carries a brake       Cheyenne - Depot Closet with ETD's
      stick on the engine      North Yard - Depot near printer
                        Longmont - TY&E room

Boise City Subdivision            Brush Subdivision
----------------------      -----------------
LaJunta - M 2 Spot 2 MP 553.72          Sterling Yard - West end pole
LaJunta - M 2 Spot 1 MP 552.33          Brush - Depot
Casa - M 2 MP 550.90               Hudson - East end at Rescar
Frick - Crossing MP 196.94           West end of siding
South Jct. - S. Switch MP 169.49 Keenesburg - West end of siding
Campo - S. Switch MP 150.36            at Gray Oil
Boise City - Crossing MP 122.0         Conoco Pass - West and east
Julliard - S. Switch MP 7.3        end MP 538 and 537.5
Amarillo - E. end N. Pass MP 331.0 Mills - Intermountain Pass West end
E. end Red River M 1 MP 329.5           Sand 1 - West end
Black Line Pass - West end
Avenue Yard - West end

Casper Subdivision              Pikes Peak Subdivision
------------------         ----------------------
Casper Yard - E. end Back Lead         Lodo - S. end MP 1.4
west end by M of W Bldg TRK 4 & 5 Hogans Alley - N. end MP 2.1
Standard Storage - E. End at switch         S. end MP 3.2
w. end near switches             Main 2 - Evans Ave MP 5.8
Casper Betonite Plant - at Derail Main 3- Englewood MP 8.3
Casper Mills - loading area        Main 1 - Littleton MP 10
Sage Creek - North and South end Main 1 - MP 18.8
Quality - both ends of plant       Main 2 - MP 19.3
Bariod - both ends of plant        Main 1 - MP 43.7
Magcove - each end and in plant       Main 1 - MP 44.9
Greybull Yard - 2 in Yard Shack        Main 1 - MP 45.8
Cody - Local carries in shove car Main 1 - MP 47.2
                       Main 1 - MP 50.4
                       Main Track - MP 52.4
                       Monument - N. end MP 56.4
                       Colo Springs - N. end MP 72.3
                       Bijou - MP 74.2
                       Canon Jct. - MP 118.4

Pueblo Subdivision
------------------

Baxter - MP 610.3 south end of
     Baxter siding between
     main line and siding


Spanish Peaks Subdivision        Twin Peaks Subdivision
------------------------- ----------------------

Trinidad - MP 208.3            Royce - N. end MP 326.6
Ludlow - N. end MP 195.4          Grenville - N. end MP 314.9
Lynn - Private Crossing MP 191.5 Grande - N. end MP 299.6
Lynn - N. end MP 189            Des Moines - N. end MP 292.6
Mayne - N. end MP 179.3           Folsom N. end MP 283.9
Walsenburg Yard - MP 171 and 170.3 Alps - N. end MP 271.7
                      Branson - N.end MP 262.3
                      Trinchere - N. End MP 250.7
                      Barela - N. end MP 234.5
                      Beshoar - N. end MP 219.4
UP Green River Subdivision
--------------------------
Parachute - E. end Track 3
middle of the yard near the
crossover
Grand Junction - E. end depot
tracks

UP Moffat Tunnel Subdivision
----------------------------
Center Bond CP DS 129 by the back track Orestod on telephone pole
Tabernash CP DS 065 east end under mile post 65 on hill side
Tolland CP DS 047 east end by derail
Cliff CP DS 036 east end by house track
Rocky CP DS 016 east end by derail
Pecos CP DS 004
Akin
Silt
Chacra
Glenwood Springs
February 17, 2010
BNSF Railway Co.
COLORADO DIVISION

GENERAL NOTICE NO. 348

TO ALL CONCERNED,

SUBJECT: ~Boise City Subdivision Instructions

=======================
Colorado Division General Notice No. 273 is cancelled and reissued in its entirety
=======================

Boise City Subdivision Locomotive Watering Locations

LaJunta (MP 554.8)
Springfield (MP 173.1)
Boise City (MP 122.6)
Dumas (MP 52.0)

At Boise City
-------------

CVR Railroad Interchange - CVR Industrial Spur Track 5901 is located at MP 121.3

Trains delivered to the CVR Railroad at Boise City will be delivered as follows:

Set train out on the Boise City siding, cut both crossings and take power to Etter, Texas
or as directed by the dispatcher.

If the siding is blocked:

Shove train in the CVR Industrial Spur, remove ETD and take light power to Etter,
Texas, or as directed by dispatcher.

Do not block crossings north of the underpass on the CVR Industrial Spur

Conductor must report train arrival through the VTR for Track 5997 when the train is set
out on the siding or 5901if the train is delivered on the CVR spur.

At Etter
--------

TXNW Railroad Interchange - south leg of wye is located at MP 63.4 north leg of wye is
located at MP 63.8

Trains delivered to the TXNW Railroad will be delivered as follows:

 Contact TXNW Railroad prior to delivery for inbound track. Drag train in using the
north leg of the wye unless otherwise instructed by the Trainmaster or Road Foreman.

Conductor must report train arrival through the VTR for Track 3631

TXNW GM Cell            806-930-7963
TXNW GDT Cell           806-930-7916

VTR Reporting Instructions for Interchange trains at Etter

Use VTR to report interchange trains to TXNW. When prompted for "type of work?"
press '6' on your keypad. (VTR Quick Reference Guide, Using the Keypad)

If unable to report train arrival via VTR, notify field support support at 800-549-4601
option #8, of train interchange to Track #3631.

At LaJunta
----------

Kansas Local will arrive their train into LaJunta on track 176. Any overflow or excess
cars will be doubled into track 112.

Crew change location for southward trains at LaJunta is the end of the platform 300 feet
south of the Depot. A sign reading "Spot Here For Crew Change" has been placed on the
west side of Main Track 1 identifying this location. Trains must not be stopped short of
this location to ensure that Haberman's crossing is cleared.

All inbound train crews at LaJunta will need authorization to exceed switching limit
located at MP 552.15 on the Boise City Subdivision for RO claim payment.
Authorization can only be given by the Chief Dispatcher or LaJunta Trainmaster. In
addition, all TYE crews must contact the dispatcher or local supervisor prior to
performing any activity that would constitute a penalty claim payment. All pertinent
information required concerning the penalty claim must show the authorizing supervisors
name on their claim in an effort to expedite claim payment.

Failure to comply with these instructions will result in non-payment of claim. Failure to
comply with the above listed instructions will result in disciplinary action.

Spot One is marked by a sign and located at MP 552.3
Spot Two is marked by a sign and is located at MP 553.6

Trains instructed to spot one or spot two must stop within 200 feet north of these
locations.

Trains specifically instructed to spot two must ensure that rear of train is clear of
Shamrock Crossovers before tying down train. Inbound train crews that are instructed to
put train away in Track 197 must stop rear end to clear 181 switch to allow access into
yard trcks from north end and cut 197 switch on south end of yard and pull head end to
south end of 197 to allow access from yard tracks into 197 track between the cut.
February 11, 2010
BNSF Railway Co.
COLORADO DIVISION

GENERAL NOTICE NO. 345

TO ALL CONCERNED,

SUBJECT: ~Locomotive Information, Locomotive Failures

=======================
Colorado Division General Notice No. 164 and 271 are cancelled
and reissued below.

Colorado Division General Notice No. 53 - 231 - 289 are cancelled
=======================

Review of Radio Download Auto Scan Exception Reports has indicated that engineers
are leaving the reverser in forward and the throttle in RUN 1 in order to maintain air
conditioning on the lead locomotive. This results in two problems.

First, none of the locomotives in the consist are allowed to take advantage of the Auto-
Start (AESS) system in order to save fuel.

Second, amperage without movement is present and damages DC traction motors.

Therefore, effective immediately, use the following procedure when a train is stopped
and it is necessary to maintain air conditioning on the lead locomotive.

= Center the Reverser

= Leave the Throttle in IDLE

= Turn OFF the AESS circuit breaker in the electrical cabinet when it is necessary to
maintain air conditioning

= Turn ON the AESS circuit breaker when leaving the consist or completing your tour of
duty

This procedure will allow air conditioning to be maintained on the lead locomotive, and
will allow the trailing locomotives to take advantage of the AESS system. A
modification is now in progress that will add an override button for the AESS system and
provide a 2-hour grace period before shutting down the locomotive.
Locomotive Refrigerators
------------------------

Placing ice in a locomotive refrigerator will no longer be allowed because the practice is
known to cause water on the cab floor and damage to the refrigerator. When an
inoperative refrigerator is encountered, notify the proper authority for your location.

Distributed Power
-----------------

Empty unit trains with DP will be restricted to 9 powered axles on rear of train. Trailing
remote engine will be isolated and placed on line when loaded.

When multiple engines utilized as remote, best practice will be engine next to train will
be engine linked with the head unit.

When utilizing slow speed or plug mode while in distributed power mode, be governed
by the following equipment limitations:

BNSF EMD LOCOMOTIVES:
BNSF EMD remote controlling locomotives being utilized in distributed power mode
will function synchronously with the lead EMD controlling lead unit if left in "front"
group and will control any trailing locomotives coupled to (lead or remote consist) in the
same manner. If not needed, the remote consist(s) may be placed in "IDLE" mode or by
utilizing the DP control screen and placing remote consist(s) not needed in "BACK"
group.

GE LOCOMOTIVES:
BNSF, KCS and UP GE remote DP locomotives do not currently have this capability to
be synchronously used in slow speed or plug mode, no matter what type locomotive is the
controlling lead DP unit (EMD or GE).

All UP RR and GE Locotrol-LEB KCS and BNSF remote locomotives have the ability to
be used in normal power mode while lead consist is utilizing slow speed control by
selecting DP control screen and placing remote consist(s) in "back" group. Remote unit
may be used as needed in a low throttle position to assist lead consist. GE Locotrol LEB
lead DP locomotives may also be used to control EMD remote DP locomotives in this
manner.

Use of Road Power to Switch Trains
----------------------

To control and limit high in train forces, which may be generated when using a multiple
unit locomotive consist to switch trains, except during switching of unit trains designated
by symbols C, G, or U, the following applies:
The locomotive consist used for switching is limited to a maximum of sixteen (16)
powered axles or two (2) SD70 MAC locomotives. All remaining locomotives in the
consist in excess of the sixteen (16) powered axles must be isolated.

Due to the inability of the engineer to monitor functions, (i.e. tractive effort, amperage,
braking force, wheel slip) the controlling locomotive of a multiple unit consist used for
switching, MUST NOT be isolated.

Loaded DP Coal Trains operating between Denver and Amarillo
--------------------------

All BNSF loaded distributed power coal trains operating between Denver and Amarillo
with more than two locomotives on rear of train must limit dynamic brake effort at the
rear of train as follows:

1) Limit operative dynamic brakes on rear of train to two locomotives, maximum. If
operating with add-on third locomotive in a 2/3 DP configuration, preferred locomotive's
dynamic brake to cut out will be the trailing add-on locomotive.

2) If it is unknown whether the dynamic brake is cut out on 2/3 DP train as outlined
above, limiting dynamic brake effort on remote consist will be achieved by operating in
Independent Mode (non-synchronous) and limiting dynamic brake force displayed by the
DP remote unit to 50,000 pounds.

Locomotive Failures
-------------------

Due to an increased amount of service interruptions and unplanned work events from
locomotive failures, the Colorado Division will initiate the following process for
reporting conditions of lead locomotive consists for all trains operating on our division.

Train crews will be required to report to the dispatcher prior to passing the designated
locations on each subdivision, the condition of the lead locomotive consist to include the
following information:

*   Fuel readings departing last crew change location
*   Any defects reducing horsepower
*   Any defects reducing Dynamic Braking effort
*   Any other non-compliant defects

Dispatchers will add the status of the lead locomotive consist to the comments section of
the CAD Train sheet prior to finaling the train into the next crew change location.

Brush Subdivision:
* When traveling west report to the dispatcher prior to passing Brush

* When traveling east report to the dispatcher prior to passing Wiggins on trains destined
Sterling. Those operating to McCook via the Akron Sub are to report prior to Yuma.

Pikes Peak Subdivision:

* When traveling north report to the dispatcher prior to passing Palmer Lake.

* When traveling south report to the dispatcher prior to passing Crews.

Front Range Subdivision:

* When traveling north report to the dispatcher prior to passing North Yard.

* When traveling south report to the dispatcher prior to passing Broomfield.

Spanish Peaks Subdivision:

* When traveling north report to the dispatcher prior to passing Walsenburg.

Boise City Subdivision:

* When traveling south report to the dispatcher prior to passing Machovec.

Casper Subdivision:

* When traveling north report to the dispatcher prior to passing Kane.

* When traveling south report to the dispatcher prior to passing Bonneville.

If a defect is discovered after this initial report to the dispatcher is made, the crew must
immediately communicate the defect to the dispatcher. The dispatcher will then add the
changes to the comments section of the CAD Train Sheet and re-final the train into the
next crew change location.

This process does not relieve the crew of the responsibility of notifying the Mechanical
Desk when a defect is present on a locomotive consist.
February 09, 2010
BNSF Railway Co.
COLORADO DIVISION

GENERAL NOTICE NO. 343

TO ALL CONCERNED,

SUBJECT: ~Cab Condition Claims
SUBDIVISION: All

***Colorado Division General Notice No. 17 is Cancelled***

Cab Condition Claims -- and Prompts

At former BN locations, claims involving the condition of our locomotive cabs are
among the most frequently filed. Both engineers and ground service personnel can file
such claims, and a proven violation results in a two-hour penalty payment. This piece
will address the agreement requirements concerning locomotive cab condition and how to
file a valid, payable cab condition claim (as distinguished from one that is incomplete and
that will be declined as a consequence).

When cabooses were eliminated under the terms of 1982 UTU National Agreement,
Abitration Board 419 (and corresponding BLE agreements) set forth the features that the
locomotive cab was required to have in road service. Those requirements include
adequate protection from weather elements, a cooling device, water in sealed containers,
a sanitary toilet and, for conductors, an adequately lit writing surface. Those same
requirements apply to a limited number of yard jobs, those meeting both of the following
requirements: the yard job must 1) be a transfer movement, and 2) be required to ride the
side of a car in excess of one (1) mile.

First, when a crew member believes that there is a defect relating to the requirements, he
or she must report it to the proper authority at the terminal prior to the start of their trip.
Most often, the situation will then be fixed or resolved. Sometimes the situation isn't
resolved, and then the crew member may submit a claim upon tie-up.

Employees submitting a claim for a violation of these requirements, for a perceived cab
defect, must use the constructive code CC - Cab Conditions. An attempt to file such a
claim generates a form that contains several fields, and they all must be completed for the
claim to be considered for payment. The fields (and how they should be filled out) are:

Unit Id & Number: Lead locomotive number for which you claiming the CC

Unit Defect: Enter the defect category: Weather-stripping; Fridge,
Desk, Desk light etc.

Boarding Time: Specify the time you boarded your unit

Time Reported: Specidy the time you reported the cab defect

Time Departed: Specify the time you departed your train

Reported To: Specify the person the cab defect was reported to

Defect Description: Describe the defect in detail.

Who Rode Car? (Applicable in Yard Service Only) - Name of person riding the side of
the car

Transfer Svc Y-N: (Applicable in Yard Service Only) – Performing transfer service?

Begin Milepost: (Applicable in Yard Service Only) - The beginning MP of the movement

End mile post: (Applicable in Yard Service Only) - The ending MP of the movement

Adverse Cab Cond?: Specify the location of the defect, and, for weatherstripping
problems, see the special instructions just below.

For defective weather-stripping or defective refrigerator/cooler reports the employee
must also supply the following information:

* Weather-stripping - Please specify the location of the defect, what elements existed in
the cab that produced inadequate protection, and the current weather conditions that
caused the claim to be filed. (Provide details in the Adverse Cab Cond field)

* Refrigerator or cooler - Please specify what prevented the device from adequately
cooling drinking water. (Provide details in the Defect Description field)

Local officers are encouaged to inspect locomotive cabs when cab condition claims are
received, as many of these additional costs are controllable. Periodic inspections and
audits also allow us to better understand the current condition of our locomotive cabs and
identify maintenance needs. At the same time, it helps curtail any abuse that may be
occurring due to the large number of claims received. As a final reminder, keep in mind
that CC claims are only payable on the former BN, with the single exception of
locomotive engineers between Stockton and Keddie on the former SF. Please contact
Labor Relations with any questions you may have - and remember that including
complete, accurate and descriptive information will help expedite the handling of valid
claims.
February 04, 2010
BNSF Railway Co.
COLORADO DIVISION

GENERAL NOTICE NO. 340

TO ALL CONCERNED,

SUBJECT: ~Signal Awareness Forms

Effective immediately Signal Awareness Forms dated February 1, 2010 for northbound
movement out of Trinidad and southbound movement out of Denver on the North Loop
route, are the correct Signal Awareness forms to be used for the following subdivisions:

Spanish Peaks Subdivision
Pikes Peak Subdivision
Pueblo Subdivision
November 06, 2009
BNSF Railway Co.
COLORADO DIVISION

GENERAL NOTICE NO. 323

TO ALL CONCERNED,

SUBJECT: ~Familiarization Trips - Road Territory, Colorado Division

=======================
Colorado Division General Notice No. 275 is cancelled and reissued in its entirety.
=======================

Any train service employee (trainman) exercising seniority to road territory on the
Colorado Division in which service has not been performed within the previous 365 days,
must contact the appropriate Transportation Supervisor and schedule a meeting prior to
beginning any familiarization trips or assuming an assignment. This meeting will
determine any requirements the employee will have as it relates to trips as outlined below
if previously qualified.

Trainmen will not be placed on a Familiarization Board until the Transportation
Supervisor contacts Crew Management after the meeting. Employees must have all
familiarization trips completed within 72 hours after being placed on the familiarization
board at each location.

"Road Territory" is all Subdivisions on the Colorado Division with the exception of the
Golden Subdivision. All Road Switchers and Yard Jobs going on duty at Denver, Golden
and Irondale are under the Denver Terminal. Familiarization instructions for these
assignments are included in the Colorado Division General Notice entitled "Denver
Terminal Instructions."

When making familiarization trips Trainmen are not allowed to perform any type of
service. These trips are learning the territory and observation only. Deadheading is not
considered a familiarization trip. If an employee is called to deadhead at the away from
home terminal, the employee will wait for the next available working trip home.

Familiarization trips will not be compensated unless supported by applicable agreement.
Employees will not be allowed to mark up for paid service at the conclusion of the
required familiarization trips until the trips have been verified by Crew Management.

Any deviation from these requirements will be at the discretion of the Transportation
Officer responsible for the area where the employee is exercising seniority.
In addition, employees making voluntary seniority moves to the Division will be required
to provide lodging, meals and transportation at their own expense.

Territory Specific Requirements
---------------------------

Greybull           Trainmaster 307-765-4255
--------
    Two round trips from Greybull to Laurel (only M & H trains)
    One round trip from Greybull to Casper(only M & H trains)
    Three shifts in Greybull yard service - third shift
    Two trips on R-COL8431 (Cowley Road Switcher)

Casper            Trainmaster 307-473-5221
------
    One round trip from Casper to Guernsey
    One round trip from Casper to Greybull
    One round trip from Casper to Cheyenne
    One shift in Casper yard service

Cheyenne           Trainmaster 307-432-7321
--------
    One round trip from Cheyenne to Casper
    One round trip from Cheyenne to Guernsey

Denver to Cheyenne Trainmaster 307-432-7321
------------------
    One round trip from Denver to Cheyenne
    One trip with R-COL4211

Denver to Kremmling Sr. Trainmaster 303-480-7418
-------------------
    One round trip from Denver to Kremmling

Denver to McCook       Trainmaster 970-526-2221
----------------
    One round trip from Denver to McCook

Denver to Sterling Trainmaster 970-526-2221
------------------
    One round trip from Denver to Sterling
    One trip on R-COL6261 (Brush Road Switcher)

Denver to Trinidad Trainmaster 719-549-3560
------------------
    One round trip from Denver to LaJunta
Sterling          Trainmaster 970-526-2221
--------
    One round trip from Sterling to Denver
    One shift in Sterling yard service

Pueblo            Trainmaster 719-384-3702
------
    One shift in Pueblo yard service

Trinidad          Trainmaster 719-845-4121
--------
    One round trip from Trinidad to Denver

LaJunta           Trainmaster 719-384-3702
-------
    One round trip from LaJunta to Amarillo

Amarillo          Trainmaster 806-379-3321
--------
    One round trip from Amarillo to LaJunta

Raton            Trainmaster 719-845-4121
-----
    One round trip from Raton to La Junta *
    One round trip from Raton to Las Vegas *

 * These trips are predicated by traffic availability and will be determined during
meeting with the Transportation Supervisor.
October 22, 2009
BNSF Railway Co.
COLORADO DIVISION

GENERAL NOTICE NO. 319

TO ALL CONCERNED,

SUBJECT: ~E-911 Capable Phones

Colorado Division General Notice No. 310 is cancelled in its entirety and reissued.

A majority of the phones on the Colorado Division are equipped with E-911 capability.
This capability allows the 911 operator to identify the address of the caller based on the
caller ID of the phone being used, which allows emergency personnel to come directly to
the location of the emergency.

Some locations do not have E-911 capability. The reasons are:

1. The local community does not provide E-911 service.
2. Locations that have BNSF network phones routed through the Denver switchboard
cannot show their local addresses to the 911 Operator. BNSF phones that have 480
(Denver, Big Lift, Golden, Hub Center, Rocla Tie Plant, Irondale), 445 (Raton), 384
(LaJunta), prefixes will display 3700 Globeville Road, Denver, Colorado, regardless of
the local location/address that the phone is being used from.

Phones that are E-911 capable are listed at the following locations and are identified with
a label on the handset. The label will state "Use This Phone for 911 Emergencies".

1. Fort Collins, Colorado - Depot 970-482-5867
2. Longmont, Colorado - Depot 303-776-4825
3. Sterling, Colorado - Depot (All Phones)
4. Keenesburg, Colorado - Depot (All Phones)
5. Brush, Colorado - Depot 970-842-2711
6. Denver, Colorado - Office Building 3700 Globeville Road (All Phones)
7. Pueblo, Colorado - Depot (Pay Phone in crew lobby)
8. Grand Junction, Colorado - Depot 970-263-0185
9. Amarillo, Texas - Depot (All Phones)
10. Casper, Wyoming - Depot (All Phones)
11. Cheyenne, Wyoming - Depot (All Phones)
12. Greybull, Wyoming - Depot (All Phones)
13. Cody, Wyoming - Depot 307-587-2901
14. McCook, Nebraska - Depot (All Phones)
* Please note if the emergency is at another location in these terminals, yards, or outlying
points, the emergency responders will arrive at the actual terminal building. Caller must
notify the 911 Operator of the exact location of the emergency and be prepared to
marshal emergency responders to the exact location of the site.

Address signs have been installed in all locations across the Colorado Division including
McCook, Nebraska and Amarillo, Texas. These address signs identifying the physical
address of the depots and crew rooms have been placed above the crew room phones in
each crew lobby.

All phones identified as E-911 capable will require the caller to give the actual physical
address to the operator.

BNSF Railway Denver, Colorado     BNSF Railway Locomotive Shop
31st Street Yard Office    3190 Fox Street
3700 Globeville Road        Diesel Facility
Denver, Colorado 80216       Denver, Colorado 80216

BNSF Railway, MTCE of Way      BNSF Railway Irondale
711 West 31st Avenue      9101 Yosemite
MOW - Telecom - Signal     Henderson, CO 80640
Denver, Colorado 80216

BNSF Railway Denver, Colorado   BNSF Railway LaJunta, Colorado
38th Street Yard Office    1 West First Street
460 East 44th AVenue        LaJunta, CO 81050
Denver, Colorado 80216

BNSF Railway Trinidad, Colorado BNSF Railway Dalhart, Texas
36750 Freedom Road           100 Amarillo Street
Trinidad, Colorado 81082      Dalhart, Texas 79022

BNSF Railway Golden, Colorado     BNSF Railway Big Lift
200 Depot Street         6996 Titan Road
Golden, Colorado 80401       Littleton, CO 80125

BNSF Railway Dumas, Texas
800 Twichell
Dumas, Texas 79029
September 01, 2009
BNSF Railway Co.
COLORADO DIVISION

GENERAL NOTICE NO. 303

TO ALL CONCERNED,

SUBJECT: ~Winter Footwear Program

Colorado Division General Notice No. 173 is cancelled.

Winter Footwear Requirements:

Each employee is responsible for obtaining the appropriate footwear and having it readily
available when icy or snowy conditions exist. Choose the model and type of anti-slip
footwear that is right for your job task and the environment.

Current safety rule S-21.2.4 Anti-Slip Winter Footwear states:

S-21.2.4 Anti-Slip Winter Footwear
Employees will wear anti slip winter footwear when working in icy and snowy
conditions. Only BNSF approved winter footwear may be worn.

To comply with Safety Rule S-21.2.4 Anti-Slip Winter Footwear, "BNSF Approved
Winter Footwear", one of the following pieces of footwear must be worn:

1.   DueNorth pullover cleats
2.   Chet's studded high top or studded low top overshoes (Stock #17 and Stock #13)
3.   Chet's supplied Pac Boot with studs built into the boot (Stock #411)
4.   Chet's Pac Boot without built-in studs (Stock #299) with DueNorth pullover cleats.

Obtaining Winter Footwear:

Pac boots, Chet's studded high top or studded low top overshoes, and DueNorth pullover
cleats may be ordered through Chet's. DueNorth pullover cleats may be ordered through
Hagemeyer as well. Chet's Pac Boot without built-in studs will be shipped with
DueNorth pullover cleats.

The new Chet's Winter Footwear Poster for 2009-2010 will be available the week of
September 1, 2009. As before, ordering will be by mail to Chet's Safety Supply using the
form available on the Safety Intranet. Pac Boots can be ordered every 18 months. Chet's
studded high top and studded low top overshoes may be ordered every 12 months.
DueNorth pullover cleats may be ordered as needed.
August 14, 2009
BNSF Railway Co.
COLORADO DIVISION

GENERAL NOTICE NO. 301

TO ALL CONCERNED,

SUBJECT: ~Akron Subdivision Instructions

=======================
Colorado Division General Notice No. 280 is cancelled and reissued with information
concerning Akron Local lodging facility
=======================

Effective August 17, 2009 the crew members of the Akron Local will be utilizing the
Ramada Inn at Sterling, Colorado for the away-from-home lodging facility on Monday
and Thursday. The crew will need to notify the dispatcher on Monday and Thursday and
give an estimated time of arrival to have a van available at Akron to transport to the
Ramada Inn at Sterling.

Crews will no longer be able to use the current lodging facility at Akron. A crew van
will be ordered for 0700 hours on Tuesday and Friday to be at the Ramada to transport
the crew to Akron.
--------------------------

Guidelines for Securing Equipment

The following are guidelines for securing equipment on the Akron Subdivision.

Engineer and conductor or switch crew are jointly responsible to ensure equipment left
unattended is properly secured and sufficient number of handbrakes are applied to
prevent movement. Employees will be governed by ABTH 102.1, ABTH 102.1.1,
ABTH 102.1.2 and ABTH 104.14.

To minimize risk when determining the minimum number of handbrakes the following
number of handbrakes to apply on cars is as follows:

Akron - any track with 15 cars or less must have 5 handbrakes applied. Any track with
more than 15 cars refer to ABTH Rule 104.14 Chart, Brakes Per Ton
July 02, 2009
BNSF Railway Co.
COLORADO DIVISION

GENERAL NOTICE NO. 292

TO ALL CONCERNED,

SUBJECT: ~RCO / Hostler Recertification at Denver, Colorado

Colorado Division General Notice No. 284 is cancelled.

In addition to the requirements set forth in the BNSF System Special Instructions Item
49, "Engineer Responsibilities and Certification" and the information provided in
Colorado Division General Notice No. 235 entitled "2009 Employee CBT
Biennial/Triennial Rules Training" the following will apply at Denver, Colorado:

To ensure an adequate supply of current certified employees to work RCO and Hostler
assignments, including protection of temporary vacancies, all employees with a valid
certificate as of July 1, 2009 will be required to maintain the certification status. This
will require each certified employee to meet the Annual, Biennial and Triennial
requirements by the due dates as indicated in the paperless Timekeeping System.

Certified employees (RCO and Hostler) must inspect their certificate prior to beginning
each shift or tour of duty to ensure it is valid. Certificates are valid for 36 months from
the issue date shown on the front. If there is any doubt about the validity, contact a
supervisor prior to performing any service that requires certification.

Employees wishing to allow their certification (RCO or Hostler) to expire or lapse, will
be required to petition the Denver RCO Overview Committee with a valid reason for
consideration. The letter will be addressed to the Manager of Field Training and
delivered to the RCO Overview Committee meetings.

Neal Payton
BNSF Railway
Manager of Field Training
3700 Globeville Road
Denver, CO 80216

All required information must be included for consideration:

Employee Name
Employee ID
Seniority Date
Certification Issue date
Current Assignment
Legitimate reason for consideration

Once the Manager of Field Training has received the request it will be reviewed at the
Overview Committee meetings, which are scheduled on the 2nd Tuesday of each month.
The Review Committee will look at each request and make a determination based on the
needs of the present and projected service requirements. Once the decision is made, the
requesting employee will be notified by certified mail.

TYE Employees in the following status are EXCLUDED from RCO or Hostler
recertification until returning back into active status.

* FURLOUGHED
* PERSONAL LEAVE OF ABSENCE
* MILITARY LEAVE OF ABSENCE
* MEDICAL LEAVE OF ABSENCE

Recertification or triennial requirements must be completed every third year from the
date of issue marked on the front of the certified employee's certificate (license). The
following requirements are to be completed on or before the date specified:

1. Hearing and vision tests. Contact LHI at 1-888-634-1121 to schedule an appointment
prior to arrival at the clinic.
2. DMV review which requires a notarized signature for a state and federal license
review. The original documents MUST BE MAILED TO:

JCCC
Attn: Engineer Certification
12345 College Blvd., ITC 123
Overland Park, KS 66210-1299

In order to expedite the process, you may fax completed forms before mailing to 913-
319-2684, followed by a phone call to 913-319-2623 to confirm receipt of both forms.
The original forms must still be mailed as outlined

3. Triennial CBT exam with a passing score of 90%.
4. Skills evaluation/check ride in the field.

Employees who are eligible to recertify and fail to complete all recertification
requirements on or before their specified due date will not be able to perform service in a
certified position until all requirements have been completed as governed by standing
agreements.

Example: If the date of issue was August 24, 2006, recertification requirements must be
completed on or before August 24, 2009.
Certified employees who have allowed certification to expire but are currently working
an RCO or Hostler assignment or are on a board that protects RCO assignments will be
HFS and placed to Board 5, pending further action until all requirements are met as
governed by standing agreements.

As a reminder, certified employees working in RCO or Hostler service must have a field
evaluation (annual check ride) with a Designated Supervisor Remote Control(DSRC) of a
Designated Supervisor of Locomotive Engineers (DSLE) each calendar year and their
certificate signed prior to October 1st.

Those individuals who have not had their certificates signed prior to October 1st must
advise their respective DSRC or DSLE. If an employee was not working in RCO or
Hostler service the previous year and did not have their certificate signed they must
follow the outline for scheduling below. In addition, this would disqualify the individual
from working an RCO or Hostler position.

The contact process for the Denver Terminal Complex is:

Call 303-480-7994 and leave a message on the Colorado Division Performance
Evaluation HOT LINE. The Manager of Field Training, DSRC or DSLE will contact you
to schedule the date and time of the field evaluation. Employees are asked to make this
contact at least one week prior to the desired date.

Annual and triennial performance evaluations will meet the requirements of the Rail
Safety Improvement Act (RSIA) and counted as hours of service. Compensation will be
made as outlined by provisions of prevailing schedule rules.

If you are a recertification candidate and have not received a recertification packet in the
mail, please contact Neal Payton, Manager of Field Safety at 303-480-6295 or by email at
neal.payton@bnsf.com. Also, if you are a recertification candidate and are not being
prompted in the paperless timekeeping screen for the CBT requirement, contact the
Manager of Field Training for assistance with enrollment.

Employees that are not certified and can hold a position that protects RCO assignments at
Denver will be trained as outlined in standing agreements.

Certified employees at other locations on the Colorado Division that wish to keep current
will need to contact the Manager of Field Training making that request. All possible will
be done to allow those displaced during the present lull in business to remain current and
readily available as business increases.
July 01, 2009
BNSF Railway Co.
COLORADO DIVISION

GENERAL NOTICE NO. 290

TO ALL CONCERNED,

SUBJECT: BNSF Policy on the Use of Alcohol and Drugs
SUBDIVISION: All

Colorado Division General Notice No. 5 is cancelled.

BNSF Policy on the Use of Alcohol and Drugs (Revised 4-15-2009)

This policy applies to all BNSF employees and incorporates important changes in federal
regulations and BNSF practices.

Every employee is required to review the policy and become familiar with its
requirements. While many policy elements are essentially the same, some important
changes have been made, either changing BNSF's policy, adding additional requirements,
or clarifying issues that were unclear.

The following points outline the significant changes or clarifications in the new policy:

* Section 2 (Definitions)
* Section 3.3 (Prescription Medications)
* Section 3.5 (Violation without administering a test)
* Section 4.0 (Types of Testing)
* Section 4.6 (Reasonable Cause Testing)
* Section 4.7 (Return-to-Work Testing)
* Section 4.8 (Follow-Up Testing)
* Section 6.5.1 (Observed Testing Required by MRO)
* Section 6.6 (MRO Notifying BNSF of non-DOT test information)
* Section 7.6 (Waivers)
* Section 8.7 (Following EAP recommendations)
* Section 10.3 (Return to Duty after Co-Worker Report)
* Section 11 (Operation Stop)

Any questions about this policy or how it applies to BNSF employees, should be directed
to local supervisors or the Medical and Environmental Health Department at (817) 352-
1648.

This policy is available by request from the Medical and Environmental Health
Department or via the Intranet at
http://bnsfweb.bnsf.com/departments/corpsupport/hr_pol/100_01.pdf
June 19, 2009
BNSF Railway Co.
COLORADO DIVISION

GENERAL NOTICE NO. 286

TO ALL CONCERNED,

SUBJECT: ~Hours of Service Requirements Beginning July 15, 2009

SUBDIVISION: All

All TY&E employees must contact their supervisors between June 19 and July 12 2009,
for an instructional briefing on new hours-of service (HOS) requirements of the Rail
Safety Improvement Act (RSIA) and a new TSS tie-up process.

The tie-up process, known as Express Tie-up, takes effect in TSS on July 15, 2009.

What you need to know before July 15:

1) RSIA changes several HOS rules for Transportation employees, including the addition
of monthly caps for limbo hours and total HOS.

2) Employees must be sure they accurately report their relieved and released times.

Because of the monthly caps on limbo and total duty time, employee data entry errors
that overstate hours could restrict an employee's ability to be called to work later in the
month. Likewise, data entry errors that understate hours worked could result in HOS
violations.

3) Depending on the circumstances, BNSF and/or FRA can hold employees personally
accountable for any reporting errors.

4) Employees are required to tie up immediately following their tour of duty.

* TY&E employees must tie up in the TSSCREW system within 30 minutes of their
actual release time. Release times cannot be estimated, and the time reported cannot be
more than 30 minutes in advance of the current time shown on the computer.

- Beginning June 15, employees keying in a released time more than 30 minutes in the
future will receive a warning screen: "Due to RSIA reporting requirements, after July 15,
2009, you will no longer be able to enter a released time more than 30 minutes in the
future.
* BNSF is allowed to pre-populate some fields in the tie-up screen if the information is
known to be factually accurate for the specific employee. Because rest periods, relieved
and released times are used to calculate the employee's status against RSIA caps, the
employee must verify all information during the tie-up process. Tie-up information will
impact BNSF's ability to return an employee to his or her assignment, and so delayed or
inaccurate information could negatively affect the employee's income.

* If an employee begins, or is in the process of, tying up at or after 11 hours and 55
minutes of a tour of duty, the employee will automatically be redirected to a "Quick Tie-
Up" screen. A "Quick Tie-Up" bypasses the FRA Interview screen and allows an
employee to enter only basic tie-up information.

- Basic payroll information will be automatically applied to the ticket, with the option of
adding more CA codes after completing the "Quick Tie-up" process. The additional FRA
interview screen can only be accessed during the employee's next tour of duty.

* If crews do not have access to the TSS computer system, they must access the VRU and
follow instructions. Crews will need to supply the train symbol, relieved time, released
time and arrival to final terminal.

5) Employees are required to report all "other" mandatory service immediately upon
completion through CCTM option 15. Accurate start and stop times are required. If the
employee does not have computer access, he or she must access the VRU and report the
activity with accurate beginning and ending times. Mandatory service time goes towards
the monthly 276 hour total duty time cap.

Other mandatory service typically includes:

- Alternative handling as a principal. It does not include participation as a union
representative.

- Required rules exams.

- Investigations as a principal or company witness. It does not include participation as a
union representative.

- Site safety team participation when required as part of assigned duties. It does not
include voluntary safety team participation.

- "Other" service at the behest of the BNSF. "Other" services must be approved by a
BNSF officer before entry into TSS or VRU.

About Express Tie-Up:

BNSF has modified the TSS screens to make it easier for employees to tie up at the end
of each tour of duty and to more accurately track their status against the monthly caps for
total HOS and limbo time under RSIA.

- A single tie-up process applies for all types of TY&E service, including road, local,
yard and switch service.

- A simplified process automatically assigns pay for most categories.

- A single tie-up screen captures most important information and the total number of
screens access for tie up is reduced. A few additional screens address other FRA HOS
reporting questions, but the main tie up occurs on one screen.
June 03, 2009
BNSF Railway Co.
COLORADO DIVISION

GENERAL NOTICE NO. 282

TO ALL CONCERNED,

SUBJECT: ~Spanish Peaks Subdivision Instructions

NOTE: Crews operating on the Spanish Peaks Subdivision will be governed by the
Pueblo Terminal General Notice within Switching Limits at Pueblo.

At Trinidad
-----------

Deadhead crews must contact dispatcher prior to departure.

Trains departing Trinidad must check fuel readings on lead consist and report them to the
dispatcher.

UP bulletins must be obtained from UP dispatcher at 1-800-382-8511 before leaving
Trinidad Depot.

At Lynn
-------

Stop short of and do not foul private grade crossing at MP 191.5 when servicing G&C
Trucking (Track 5301) at Lynn.
June 03, 2009
BNSF Railway Co.
COLORADO DIVISION

GENERAL NOTICE NO. 276

TO ALL CONCERNED,

SUBJECT: ~Fuel MVP Program
SUBDIVISION: All

The FUEL MVP Program is being expanded to include the following pools on the
Colorado Division: Denver-Sterling, Denver-Trinidad, Denver-Kremmling, LaJunta-
Amarillo.

Engineers who rank in the top 10% of their crew district for fuel efficiency will receive a
$100 fuel card while those ranking in the top 20% will receive a $50 fuel card.

In order to be eligible, you must complete six qualifying trips in a two month period.
Awards will be given each month based on fuel efficiency performance for the two
previous months.

For example, winners will be announced in September based on data for the months of
July and August.

Visit the FUEL MVP website at:
http://bnsfweb.bnsf.com/departments/operations/mvp/ or write to
MVP.Program@BNSF.com with any questions regarding the program.
June 03, 2009
BNSF Railway Co.
COLORADO DIVISION

GENERAL NOTICE NO. 272

TO ALL CONCERNED,

SUBJECT: ~Twin Peaks Subdivision Instructions

Twin Peaks Locomotive Watering Locations

Dalhart (MP 417.7)
Trinidad (MP 208.4)

Due to duplicated mileposts on the Twin Peaks and Dalhart subdivisions the 'On
Subdivision' feature has been turned on in the CTWC System, which will require the
dispatcher to transmit the subdivision name when issuing track warrants on these
subdivisions.
June 03, 2009
BNSF Railway Co.
COLORADO DIVISION

GENERAL NOTICE NO. 270

TO ALL CONCERNED,

SUBJECT: ~Rules Support Information

A number of contact points have been established with the goal of providing assistance to
employees when questions or clarifications are needed relating to work practices,
procedures or operating rules. When an employee's first line supervisor can't be
contacted to provide assistance, one of the following contact points may be beneficial:

Operating Rules Support Line - 817-593-6535 or 800-539-0418
To provide TY&E operating rules support when employees are faced with operating
situations requiring immediate assistance, and employee is unable to contact their
immediate supervisor, the operating rules/audit desk located in the BNSF network
operations center will provide 24 hour operating rule support for TY&E employees.

Callers contacting the support line should be prepared to provide their name, occupation,
employee number, supervisor's name, and a return contact number. Information
regarding the nature of each call will be forwarded to the employee's supervisor for any
necessary follow up, and identification of potential training opportunities.

Yardmaster Information Line - 817-234-1691
This voice mailbox can be used by yardmasters for questions concerning operating rules
and any questions about TSS commands and procedures. Responses will be given by the
next business day.

Engineer Training Assistance Hotline - 913-319-3996
For questions concerning Engineer Training, locomotive equipment or air brake systems.

For Questions concerning Maintenance of Way Operating Rules and other instructions,
call your local Manager of MW Field Training:
Grace Baxter - Texas/Kansas - 405-670-7520
Joey Gutierres - Montana/Powder River/Colorado - 307-685-7651
Troy Hunter - Chicago/Northwest - 816-472-2354
Bob Marostica - Southwest/California/LA/Northwest - 928-226-3840
Bob May - Kansas/Texas - 913-319-2659
Carl May - Gulf/Texas - 713-249-8674
Royce McConnell - Kansas/Nebraska - 785-435-5069
Eric Powell - Springfield - 417-264-4710
Ancil Shropshire - Southwest/Texas - 806-790-3646
Rich Simmons - Twin Cities - 218-795-7787
June 03, 2009
BNSF Railway Co.
COLORADO DIVISION

GENERAL NOTICE NO. 268

TO ALL CONCERNED,

SUBJECT: ~Wheel Impact Load Detector (WILD)

The Colorado Division has a WILD (wheel impact load detector) detector on the Brush
Subdivision near Roggen (MP 494.1) and another on the Front Range Subdivision near
Wheatland (MP 224.0). These detectors are not identified in the Division Timetable as
they are monitored by the BNSF Mechanical Team in Ft. Worth, TX. The information
supplied by this type of detector allows us to operate a safer network.

This notice outlines the specific requirements for train crews when notified that they have
a car or locomotive in their train that meets the criteria for the handling outlined. These
detectors are placed at strategic locations taking into consideration curvature and grade.
The Mechanical Team monitors the information provided and is governed by specific
requirements that are associated with the readings they supply and the handling of cars or
locomotives these detectors might identify. Below is the information on what a WILD
detector is, what it does and the action required if notified that an alarm has occurred on a
train.

WILD FUNCTIONALITY
------------------

Wheel Impact Load Detectors (WILD) utilize rail mounted, strain gage technology to
proactively identify wheels with shell spots, shelling, slid flat, or out-of-round
conditions. Undetected, these conditions have the potential to cause wheels to transfer
high vertical impact loads to the rail and/or through the body of the car. These impact
forces have the potential to result in accelerated component failure and/or catastrophic
derailment. The WILD system measures impact forces by 1,000 lb. increments, referred
to as KIPS (kilo pounds).

WILD APPLICATION ON BNSF SYSTEM
--------------------

WILD's are currently in service at 12 strategic locations on the BNSF system to protect
all main corridors. The WILD system is used to identify defective wheels, with varying
severity, through a sequence of alarm levels based on a range of impact values measured
in KIPS.
Alarm messages are sent from the detector to a centralized database and forwarded
electronically to the BNSF mainframe computer. The message is processed and
delivered to the Ft. Worth mechanical desk for handling. The mechanical desk receives
the alarm approximately 15 minutes after the train passes the WILD site.

There are four alarm levels, each requiring a set of handling instructions. These alarms
are listed below in order of severity (Level 1 is the most severe):

Level 1 - Upon receipt of a Level 1 alarm, the mechanical desk notifies the train crew to
stop and inspect the wheel.

If the wheel is found broken or in a condition unsafe for movement, the train may not
proceed.

If the wheel is found to contain an FRA flat spot, the train will proceed at 10 MPH to the
next possible set out location as mandated by the Chief Dispatcher.

If no FRA defects are found:

Eastward and westward trains on the Brush Subdivision will proceed to the next possible
set out location identified by the Chief Dispatcher and then set the car out for repair. The
set out for eastward trains will not be beyond Wiggins and the set out for westward trains
will not be beyond Hudson.

Northward and southward trains on the Front Range Subdivision will proceed to the next
possible set out location identified by the Chief Dispatcher and then set the car out for
repair. The set out for southward trains will not be beyond Moba Jct. for trains with a
symbol for the Laramie Generating Station at Moba (C xxxMOL) and Wheatland for all
other trains. The set out for northward trains will not be beyond Wendover.

Level 2, Level 3 and Level 4 cars will be handled by the NOC and Mechanical Teams as
outlined in the WILD Site Specific Instructions.

The information below is an excerpt from a BNSF Today article that was first published
in August 2004. It outlines the new technology that has been placed at key locations on
the BNSF system.

BNSF Today
----------

The nation's freight railroads have announced an initiative that will use innovative
trackside technology to improve safety and efficiency on the rail network by giving
freight car owners advance warning when freight car wheels are deteriorating.

Through a series of proposed changes to the Association of American Railroads (AAR)
Interchange Rules, it is anticipated that the new Advanced Technology Safety Initiative
(ATSI) wil be implemented on October 1, 2004.

"Safety and network efficiency go hand in hand in the railroad industry", said Robert
VanderClute, AAR senior vice president-safety and operations. "ATSI" gives us a tool to
prevent accidents and thereby improve the efficiency of railroad operations.

ATSI is a predictive and proactive maintenance system that uses the best available
technology to detect and report potential safety problems and poorly performing
equipment before they result in accidents or undue rail damage.

The first effort under the new initiative is the use of data from wheel impact load
detectors (WILD) to monitor the health of railcar wheels. When a freight car wheel
exerts a peak impact load of 90 kips or above as measured by a WILD site, it is not
operating effectively, is considered "out of round" and on the path to failure.

The program provides a window of opportunity that opens when a wheel reaches a peak
impact load of 65 kips.

"This gives car owners a chance to schedule the wheel replacement and continue the car
in service with as little disruption as practical," says Lisa Stabler, BNSF assistant vice
president, Quality & Reliability Engineering. "It gives private car owners and handling
lines new responsibilities and options to plan repairs and maintain equipment, allowing
all parties to take an active role in the continued success of the freight rail industry."

Once the car owner is notified of the problem, it can arrange with the handling carrier to
fix the problem or request that the car be moved to another location for repairs.

The technology being used has been in existence for 20 years and has been validated
through research. There are currently 67 WILD sites in the rail network and data
collected at those sites is integrated into rail industry equipment health management
systems.
June 03, 2009
BNSF Railway Co.
COLORADO DIVISION

GENERAL NOTICE NO. 267

TO ALL CONCERNED,

SUBJECT: ~Raton Subdivision Instructions


1. BNSF CREWS DEADHEADING ON AMTRAK ARE ENTITLED TO SEATING
ON THE TRAIN. SEATING IS PERMITTED IN LOUNGE,DINING CARS,OR
CREW QUARTERS IF SEATING IN COACH IS NOT AVAILABLE. ANY MEALS
OR FOOD SECURED ON THE TRAIN ARE AT THE EMPLOYEES EXPENSE.
MEALS AND FOOD ARE NOT TO BE CHARGED TO THE BNSF.

2. CREWS GOING ON DUTY AT RATON MUST CONTACT THE DISPATCHER
OR A TRANSPORTATION SUPERVISOR FOR ANY WORK ON LINE.
CONDUCTOR MUST CHECK INBOUND TRAIN LIST AND WORK ORDERS TO
VERIFY ALL SET OUTS AND PICK UPS HAVE BEEN MADE PRIOR TO
DEPARTURE.

3. VRU AND MANPOWER PHONE NUMBERS: RATON VRU.....445-7250

RATON MANPOWER COORDINATOR......8-676-2062

4. ON THE RATON SUBDIVISION BETWEEN MP 644.0 AND 658.0 ROADRAILER
EQUIPMENT MUST NOT BE LEFT UNATTENDED OR LEFT STANDING
WITHOUT BEING COUPLED TO OTHER EQUIPMENT OR LOCOMOTIVE(S)
UNLESS EQUIPMENT IS PROTECTED BY A DERAIL.

5. WHEN SETTING OUT AT JANSEN, CREWS SHOULD LEAVE ENTIRE TRAIN
BEHIND EASTBOUND CONTROL SIGNAL AT JANSEN ON MAIN 1 OR MAIN 2.
THIS WILL ENABLE TRAIN TO DEPART ON SIGNAL INDICATION.

6. WESTWARD TRAINS ON THE RATON SUBDIVISIONS WILL NOTIFY THE
DISPATCHER IF THE LEAD LOCOMOTIVE HAS A BAD ORDER AIR
CONDITIONER OR IS NOT EQUIPPED WITH AN AIR CONDITIONER.

7. RATON SUBDIVISION CREWS MUST NOTIFY THE ROAD FOREMAN OF
ENGINES AS SOON AS POSSIBLE AT 719-845-4122 OR 719-680-1818 IF THERE
ARE ANY PROBLEMS WITH DISTRIBUTED POWER.
8. AT RATON, INBOUND CREWS WILL REPORT FUEL READINGS OF
LOCOMOTIVES IN THEIR CONSIST TO THE DISPATCHER PRIOR TO ARRIVAL
AT RATON. THE DISPATCHER WILL DETERMINE IF FUEL IS REQUIRED AND
WILL CONTACT THE FUEL VENDOR. WESTBOUND CONSISTS WITH MORE
THAN 1000 GALLONS WILL NOT FUEL AT RATON UNLESS AUTHORIZED.

ENGINES THAT ARE NOT ON THROUGH TRAINS, HELPER CONSISTS OR
COAL UNITS THAT NEED FUEL WILL BE PLACED IN TRACK 9703. IF 9703 IS
FULL THE OVERFLOW UNITS WILL BE PLACED IN 9708. CONTINUE TO FUEL
ON THE MAIN TRACK AT THE EAST AND WEST END OF RATON BUT ONLY
IF THE DISPATCHER INSTRUCTS CREW TO ARRANGE FOR FUEL AT THOSE
LOCATIONS. LOCATIONS MENTIONED IN THIS NOTICE ARE THE ONLY
LOCATIONS THAT ARE TO BE USED FOR FUELING AT RATON.
May 08, 2009
BNSF Railway Co.
COLORADO DIVISION

GENERAL NOTICE NO. 258

TO ALL CONCERNED,

SUBJECT: ~Denver Terminal Instructions

=======================
Colorado Division General Notice No. 199 is cancelled and reissued with ETD
Accountability Paragraph C changed marked by **
=======================

Due to communication enhancement in the Denver Terminal, be advised that when using
Channel 79 in the Denver Terminal, locomotive radios must be set as follows:

Transmit to Channel 46
Receive to Channel 79

Conductors and switchmen - if your radio has not been reprogrammed contact the on duty
Trainmaster to arrange for reprogramming.


THE FOLLOWING IS IN EFFECT AT DENVER TERMINAL:
----------------------

1) SUBJECT - ROAD CREWS & YARD CREWS ON DUTY

All Road and Yard crews going on duty at Denver are expected to conduct their Job
Safety Briefing, read the required newly issued circulars, gather and review their GTB's,
Train Profile, Clearances, etc., to be prepared to depart crew on-duty location within
twenty (20) minutes of their on-duty time.

Denver Switch Crews are to be physically present in proper on duty location within five
(5) minutes of their on-duty time to receive a briefing and relief instructions.

Crews boarding any train in the Denver Terminal must notify applicable Yardmaster via
radio of that fact within three (3) minutes of being dropped off by crew van. Any delay
that might prevent movement must be communicated as well.

Relief crews must be prepared to depart on-duty location within ten (10) minutes of their
on-duty time and must contact dispatcher whose telephone number will be listed on the
830 Board. (In addition, see GCOR 15.12 as amended by SSI)

If for any reason you are not able to comply with these instructions you must notify the
Yardmaster and/or Trainmaster immediately stating why you cannot proceed to your
train. That Yardmaster/Trainmaster will handle any corrective actions that are necessary.

EFFECTIVE IMMEDIATELY

A) Foremen of any crew that is delayed or stopped for any reason by more than 15
minutes must immediately contact appropriate Yardmaster by radio on applicable radio
channel. If unable to contact them in that fashion, foreman must call Yardmaster at 480-
7436 to report the delay.

B) ADDITIONAL SWITCHING INSTRUCTIONS

   Yardmasters will instruct switch crew to verify the tracks that make up originating
trains either while doubling or coupling the cars. The switch crew will communicate to
the yardmaster, any cars out of order, extra or missing cars. The yardmaster will make
the corrections in TSS to the track list, print a new verified list and record the names of
the switch crew on his copy of the verified list, sign it and fax a copy to the Trainmaster
at 480-6203.

   If there are no cars out of order, extra or missing cars, switch crew will communicate
to yardmaster tracks are "OK". Yardmaster will record the names of the switch crew on
his copy of the verified list, sign it and fax a copy to the Trainmaster at 480-6203.

  At 38th Street a cabinet has been provided in the Switchman's Room to secure
Operator Control Units. OCU's not in use will be secured and cabinet locked. Sign In /
Sign Out log will be maintained in the cabinet. 38th Street Remote Control Operators
will be responsible for the securement of OCU's, and the proper documentation on the
Sign In / Sign Out Log.

Denver Switching Instructions
------------------

Number 1, 4 and 5 are changed

New remote controlled switches have been installed in the Denver Yard at 31st Street,
west end on the C Lead, 139/143 Switch and the 125/138 Switch at MP 541. These
switches can be lined by push button on the control stand located adjacent to the C Lead.

If the push buttons on the control stand fail to operate the switch, follow the instructions
posted at the switch and operate the switch by use of the hydraulic handle.

THESE ARE NOT RUN THROUGH SWITCHES, THEY MUST BE LINED EITHER
BY HAND OR REMOTE CONTROL.
1. The following tracks must be coupled and stretched when:

  Track 126 when there are 20 or more cars in track
  Track 138 when there are 30 or more cars in track

2. If possible avoid leaving cars on a curve.

3. If possible cars must not be kicked or cut off in motion when the cars are destined to
couple to a car on a curve.

4. When performing switching operations and the situation where a long drawbar car
will be kicked into another long drawbar car it is required to shove to a joint vs. cutting
the car off in motion in an effort to reduce the number of by-passed couplers in the
Denver Terminal.

Exception
---------

On tracks 101 through 120 there are no restrictions on long drawbars

5. No more than 10 cars may be cut off in motion.

  Exception
  ---------

  When switching at 38th Street with cars destined to tracks 103 through 113 no more
than 5 cars may be cut off in motion

6. The following information is to be used as a guideline only. RCO crews are
responsible to ensure pull out movements stay within the limits of an activated RCO
Zone:

Zone 1 38th Street North Lead - 2,120 feet
Zone 2 Rennicks Lead - 3,610 feet
Zone 3 West Packer strip track Rennicks Yard - 5,410 feet
Zone 4 East Packer strip track Rennickx Yard - 5,520 feet

7. Do not ride equipment when traveling between tracks 104 & 105 in the Denver
Terminal. Due to no clearance condition that exists and will not clear person riding the
side of a car.

8. When kicking or switching cars in 113 track ensure that equipment is secured or
coupled into secured equipment to guard against unexpected movement.
C) YARD CREWS OVERTIME OR PENALTY MEAL PERIOD REPORTING

   Effective immediately, all Denver switch crews and utility employees are required to
inform the Denver yardmaster of any overtime or penalty lunches that are claimed on that
days time ticket.

D) CREWS NEEDING GENERAL TRACK BULLETINS SHOULD FOLLOW THE
INSTRUCTIONS BELOW

   From the BNSF CREW MANAGEMENT screen enter #13, tab over to train placing
cursor on 1st space, press F1, a pop up screen with a list of train ID types will appear.
Press F2 and under train, type only letter of traintype in the 1st space. Example T or Y =
GTB for Yard and Z = GTB for Z Train. All other spaces must be blank. Press enter
twice and a list of GTB's will appear. Place cursor on selected GTB. Press PF9 (Resend)
and a pop up screen will appear. Under Lata/Fax type in printer or fax number the GTB
will be sent. Press enter key twice to print or fax. When PF9 (Resend) is pressed, if GTB
is over 4 hours old, a warning screen will appear. Select and type "N", and contact train
dispatcher to ascertain if GTB's are still current.

  NOTE: Local and Train crews, not Yard, when called on duty can use train symbol
called for under option #13 to print or fax copy of GTB. Select option #13 and press
enter key, screen will appear. Press enter key twice, list of GTB's will appear. Move
cursor to desired GTB and press PF9 (Resend). Under Lata/Fax type printer or fax where
GTB will be sent, press enter key to print or fax GTB.

D) TRAIN CREWS NEEDING WORK ORDERS WILL FOLLOW THE
INSTRUCTIONS BELOW

  From a BNSF CREW MANAGEMENT screen enter code 8 yard inquiries, then option
9 work order print then enter code 1 print down line stations starting with input station
and enter train symbol. An additional screen will appear with the different printing
options, press enter key to begin printing.

2) SUBJECT - INTERMODAL RAMP FACILITY

Crew members are prohibited from riding any car into or out of the Intermodal Ramp
Facility. It will be necessary to get a ride inside a vehicle to protect movement in this
area.

When necessary to ride a light engine in this area, proper body placement will be up on
the platform of the engine. It is NOT permissable to ride on the steps of the engine.

The following tracks are considered Intermodal Ramp Tracks:

 Rennix Tracks . . . . . East Packer (218) & West Packer (213)
(Explanation - with the truck activity around tracks within the ramp, a person on the side
of a flat car is extremely vulnerable. This will ensure a safe body placement if the
unexpected occurs and intermodal equipment fouls the tracks.

3) SUBJECT - ENGINE FUEL-WATER LEVELS - Denver Terminal

Yard engineers and Remote Control Operators are required to check fuel water levels at
beginning of shift daily and report reading to appropriate supervisors.

4) SUBJECT - ASCERTAINING BAD ORDERS TO BE SET OUT

All originating trains departing Denver Terminal will contact the yardmaster on the yard
radio channel, to ascertain any bad orders to be set out of their outbound train prior to
departing.

5) SUBJECT - PERSONAL VEHICLES

Personal vehicles will not be used for company business in Denver.

When you arrive at your designated on duty point, any transportation required to get you
to and from a work site is provided by the company. Contact your supervisor if you have
questions concerning these instructions.

6) FAMILIARIZATION TRIPS - Denver Yard

Any train service employee, exercising seniority into Denver Yard must complete a
minimum of five (5) familiarization trips when bumping into yard service. Prior to
assuming the conditions of the assignment, the employee is required to meet with the
transportation officer responsible for the area. Any consideration for reducing the
number of familiarization trips will be decided at that meeting. Employees will be
compensated for this meeting, which will include a review of their Personal record,
review of Division Policy, discussion of division circulars and completion of a territory
specific quiz.

** Familiarization Board will be Board 774 (UTU-PAID) **

Denver Yard - contact Ken Murray at 303-480-6215 or Brent Conlin at 303-480-7978

Any deviation from these requirements will be at the discretion of the transportation
officer responsible for the area into which the employee is exercising seniority. Unless
otherwise provided, there are no Agreements in place that require payment for
familiarization trips.

7) SUBJECT - HANDLNG CARS IN DENVER YARD

A. In an attempt to reduce the damage to high value and shiftable loads the following
process will be implemented in the Denver Yard.

  1) No high value or shiftable loads will be kicked into any track where they might
couple into cars standing.
  2) 3000 tons and below may be handled without train air.
  3) Between 3000 and 5000 tons must cut in at least five (5) cars of air.
  4) Over 5000 tons must cut in at least ten (10) cars of air.

B. IH Car Handling Process

1) Denver Yardmaster will review IH cars in the Terminal every shift thru the use of
YDS Turnover and TSS Command Searchyd.
2) IH cars will be identified to switch crews at the start of each shift in safety briefings
and appropriate paperwork provided to these crews.
3) Switch crews are required at the start of each days work to ascertain from their
respective yardmaster, a job briefing covering any I/H loads, high wide or explosive cars
that are prohibited from being cut off in motion, and any other conditions in the yard that
could affect safe switching operations.
 4) Switch crews must report to the Yardmaster if cars are missing from track, missing
from list or are out of sequence from list by first available means.


8) TEY LAYING OFF FAMILY EMERGENCY (FEM)

  Refer to Colorado Division General Notice # 3 dated November 30, 2006

   Once granted authorization for layoff code "FEM" employee MUST contact Terminal
Manager Ken Murray at 303-480-6215, Terminal Manager Brent Conlin at 303-480-7978
or the on duty Trainmaster at 303-480-6457 within the next 24 hours, providing them
with the reason the employee had to mark off "FEM".

9) SOLAR POWERED SWITCHES AT DENVER

   Operation of Push Button Solar Powered switches at Denver. After operating solar
powered switches, employees are responsible for ensuring that the button cover is closed
to prevent condensation and freezing of the button components. Secure de-icer, as
conditions require, to free up buttons which are stuck. Employees are also required to
ensure in icy or snowy conditions that the machine is not "whirring" indicating it is
attempting to lock but can't due to ice or snow. This condition can also drain all battery
power from the switches.

10) ETD HANDLING

   A) Defective ETD's: ETD's found to be defective are to be tagged with pertinent
information and taken to the Radio Shop where ETD will be inspected, repaired, put back
in service, or sent to Kansas City for inspection and repairs. If ETD is found defective
enroute to Denver by train crew, ETD and battery must be left intact when tagged and
taken to the Radio Shop. If ETD is past due calibration or if calibration sticker is
illegible, ETD must be tagged and taken to the Radio Shop.

   B) Non-Defective ETD's: On-hand supplies of no more than eight (8) ETD's are to be
kept in Denver, four on the east end and four on the west end. Excess ETD's are to be
taken to the Radio Shop for shipment. ETD's not in use should be kept in ETD buildings
until being applied to train to avoid exposure to weather.

 ** C) Accountability of ETD's: ETD's in the Denver Terminal Complex must be
returned to either one of the ETD buildings located on the east end or the west end of the
yard. ETD'd are not be left at any other location.

   D) Foreign ETD's: When a foreign ETD is captured at Denver, it must be taken to the
Radio Shop for shipment to home RR. Foreign ETD's may remain on trains destined for
return to foreign road. Supervisor sending foreign ETD home will be responsible for
contacting ETD Desk.

   E) ETD Batteries: Batteries are to be fully charged. If Load Test is 60 days or older it
must be load tested. If it passes load test, apply new load test sticker and recharge, once
charged a midtronics test must be performed. The numbers needed to pass are posted and
vary with temperature. If it passes, the battery is ready for service. If either A or B cell
fails, the battery is not to be used and must be bad ordered to the Radio Shop with an out
of service tag. ALL batteries must receive a midtronics test if they fail, they must be
taken out of service. Batteries are to be kept in ETD Building in train yard during and
after charging to minimize exposure to weather.

   F) ETD's for UPS Peak Season: November 23 through January 1 of each year. The
first shift carmen will take a Quantum ETD to the Radio Shop for inspection. If a
Quantum ETD is available it must be used. If one is not available, get a standard ETD
and good battery to the Radio Shop for inspection. During the Peak Season, we want to
ensure good ETD function for the Z trains.

   G) ETD HANDLING: Transfer or other crews handling transfers from Denver Yard
to the UP Yard are prohibited from handling the ETD's. Mechanical personnel or their
designees in the affected yards will handle all the ETD's. Exceptions granted only if
made in advance of any handling, and can only be approved by the Denver on duty
Trainmaster or Asst. Superintendent.

  H) If Utility man is attached for purposes of handling ETD/ETM, no other
crewmember will be permitted to handle ETD/ETM without express permission of the on
duty Trainmaster or Asst. Superintendent.

1. When train crews or the trainmaster take the ETD's from the ETD Building, they must
inform the Lead Man on duty 303-480-6317 or the Car Foreman on duty at 303-883-
3581.
2. Mechanical will then remove ETD from inventory and have a replacement sent as
necessary.

11) BNSF WINDSOCK LOCATIONS:

  EXISTING LOCATIONS

  1. 31st Street Light Tower
  2. 38th Street Light Tower


12) SUBJECT - FRA MANDATED RCO CHECK RIDES

RCO ANNUAL RIDES

The licenses of RCO operators have to be signed every calendar year just like a
conventional locomotive engineer license. RCO operators who have not had an annual
ride and have not had their license signed by a Road Foreman or qualified Trainmaster
(DSRCO) must notify the on duty Road Foreman or Trainmaster as such when
performing service as an RCO employee. This process will help ensure that licenses are
kept current for employees who may only work RCO jobs a limited number of times each
year.

13) SUBJECT - INDUSTRY PLAYBOOKS FOR DENVER

New Industry Books for Denver Industries have been published and copies will be
available on request to crew members needing to switch those industries. See on duty
Trainmaster for a copy.

14) SUBJECT - DISPOSITION OF SIGNAL AWARENESS FORMS BY CREWS AT
DENVER

ROAD CREWS - One slot is designated at the Denver Crew Facility for the purpose of
filing time tickets and Signal Awareness forms, each marked accordingly. They are
located in the crew room at 31st Street.

YARD TRANSFER CREWS & ROAD SWITCHERS - Turn in completed forms with
your delay sheets to the Outside Trainmaster.

15) SUBJECT - INSTRUCTIONS FOR TY&E EMPLOYEES - YARD MOVEMENT
TIME INITIATIVE

Yard crews/jobs will make every effort to meet the following expectations:
A. On duty to first wheel move - 30 minutes (maximum)
B. Lunch period 30 minutes (wheels stop to wheels move)
C. Last move to tie up not to exceed 30 minutes

Yard jobs scheduled to receive work via the work order reporting
(Hammerhead/Renegade) System will need to receive their download within 10 minutes
of on-duty time and prior to receiving job safety briefing.

Yard crews which utilize work order reporting must ensure that all information is
reported accurately including inventory and spot and pull times. Track/train lists should
be accurate and in proper sequential order prior to sending upload.

For purposes Yard Movement Time Initiatives the following definitions shall govern
reporting:

1. The time in which the first movement of the shift began: First wheel movement for
transfer crews will be defined as time of the first rotation of the steel wheel on an engine
or the rubber tire on a crew van. For all other crews it will be the time of the first rotation
of the steel wheel. (Defined as time to the nearest minute of the FIRST rotation of the
steel wheel on an engine or the rubber tire on a crew van)

2. The time in which the last movement was prior to meal period (IF NO MEAL
PERIOD, ENTER XXXX). Entry must be made if any meal period is taken. This
includes if meal period is taken at end of shift.

3. The time in which the first movement was after meal period (IF NO MEAL PERIOD,
ENTER XXXX). Entry must be made if any meal period is taken.

4. The time in which the last movement was made prior to off duty time. (Defined for
transfer crews as time to the nearest minute of the STOP time of the steel wheel on an
engine time of the steel wheel on an engine or the rubber tire on a crew van). For all
other crews it will be the time of the last rotation of the steel wheel.

5. For utility man, first move counts as time when employee has left yardmaster tower to
complete first move. Last move counts as time when employee has completed last move
prior to tying up.

16) RCO OPERATIONS

1. All crew members who operate in RCO service are REQUIRED to sign their OCU out
at the beginning of the shift and in at the end of shift on the appropriate form. OCU is to
be returned to proper storage area. The on duty Trainmaster or yardmaster will properly
store OCU and place the batteries in the chargers provided.

2. In the event of an OCU failure, (Form #488159042 BNSF OUT OF SERVOCE TAG)
will be filled out by the employee who experienced the failure. This form will be
attached to the bad order OCU with a complete description of failure along with any fault
codes that were displayed. Defective OCU will be given to the on duty Trainmaster or
yardmaster. The defective OCU will be taken out of service and sent in for repair. If
BNSF OUT OF SERVICE TAG is not readily available, the on duty Trainmaster will
provide the proper form to the employee.

17) TRASH DISPOSAL

Trash receptacles are located throughout the terminal, therefore, do not place trash or
trash bags on the ground as it creates a tripping hazard.

18) The Terminal Management Team respects labor agreements and will make every
effort to operate within the confines of the schedule. However, there may be
circumstances where an operating penalty may be required to ensure we meet our
customer's expectations.
   In the event an employee determines that an operating penalty could be involved, it is
recommended that the on duty Trainmaster be contacted. If the employee decides to
submit a claim, provide all necessary information, including the on duty Trainmaster's
name on the special claim ticket for prompt consideration.

INBOUND ROAD CREWS ARE NOT TO TAKE A MEAL PERIOD PRIOR TO
TYING UP

19) CROSSOVER SWITCHES IN DENVER TERMINAL

Both switches of a crossover must be lined for movement prior to movement
commencing through the crossover. Switches may be left in the reverse position (lined
for crossover movement) on other than main track in the Denver Yard. When a train
crew, switch crew or utility employee restores switches in the crossover to normal
position, both switches must be restored to normal position prior to movement
commencing over the switch.

20) Securing Equipment - Inbound trains and cars coupled in tracks

Engineer and conductor or switch crew are jointly responsible to ensure equipment left
unattended is properly secured and sufficient number of handbrakes are applied to
prevent movement. The minimum number of handbrakes to apply on cars is as follows:

Denver 31st Street
------------------

Tracks 101 and 102 - 6 hand brakes
Tracks 103 through 146 - 2 hand brakes
Main Line and Coal 1 and Coal 2 - 7 hand brakes for loaded trains, 3 hand brakes for
empty coal trains

Hogans Alley Track 2401
-----------------------
7 hand brakes for loaded trains, 3 hand brakes for empties

LODO Track 2410
---------------

9 hand brakes for loaded trains, 4 hand brakes for empties

Rennix Yard
-----------

East and West Packer Tracks - minimum of 2 hand brakes
All other Yard Tracks - a minimum of 25% of the cars hand brakes must be applied
unless tonnage required for hand brakes exceeds guidelines set under ABTH Rule 104.14.
Hand brakes will be applied on the low (south) end of the track

21) Rennix Yard Instructions

ADD the following:

When a train, yard job or transfer is arriving or departing Rennix Yard, the conductor or
foreman and yardmaster will be jointly responsible for determining how the derail will be
placed in the derailing position once the movement is complete on the Lower Rennix
Lead.

At Rennix, the suburban is for use by the Rennix Switch Crews. The Rennix Yardmaster
will maintain a log sheet for checking out and checking in the keys to the suburban.

The switch crews will be responsible for inspecting this vehicle at the beginning of each
shift and reporting any defects or issues to the yardmaster for notation. The yardmaster
will be responsible for contacting the Trainmasters to report defects when they are
reported by the switch crew.

The log sheet will contain the following:

1.   Check out date and time
2.   The switch foreman's name
3.   Check in date and time
4.   Any issues/defects with the mule
5.   The yardmasters initials - verifying the above information when checked in.

22) SET OUT INSTRUCTIONS FOR DPC / RESCAR (HUDSON)

When setting out DPC and Rescar, spot the DPC cars east of the east high stand
crossover switch, between this switch and the derail, protecting the main line. Spot the
Rescar cars west of and in the clear of the crossover track so that the DPC switch engine
can move through the crossover in order to pick up the DPC cars. Approximately 7 DPC
cars will fit between the east high stand switch and the derail.

23) IRONDALE INSTRUCTIONS

The following spotting/pulling requirements apply:

1. Railcars being spotted must be positioned so automobiles can be unloaded efficiently,
taking into consideration the unloading direction and type of railcar (bi-level or tri-level)
2. When shoving the cars to sp ot in the auto facility, a hand brake will be applied to the
first car and a 20# brake pipe reduction will be made. The cars will then be shoved to
spot.
3. When necessary to separate railcars inside the facility, distance must be at least 125
feet to accommodate the unloading ramp. In addition, railcars must be set no closer than
125 feet from the east or west fences unless unloading direction is opposite of the fence.
4. When spotting railcars that will remain coupled while being unloaded, the distance
between cars must be between 38 inches and 49 inches measured from ramp plate eyelet
to ramp eyelet. A chain with the acceptable tolerance range painted yellow is located at
the east rail entrance gate.
5. A hand brake must be applied at each end of each cut of cars spotted in the auto
facility and whenever necessary to maintain correct distance between cars spotted.

24) Lock Out Tag Out Process

   A) In addition to Denver Yard Track Protection requirement for “Track Occupied"
tags, switch locks are provided to lock switch for additional protection when coupling
tracks, when tracks are occupied with locomotives, or to protect inbound trains upon
arrival into a track in Denver.

  B) Denver Yard Track Protection is for Tracks 101-146 and for switch crews, Lite
Power moves, inbound trains and outbound trains awaiting departure.

  C) Switch locks are provided in baskets located on the leads on both ends of the yard.

** 25) Aligning Mismatched Couplers**

   A) Within Denver Terminal, the preferred method to align mismatched couplers will
be by using a Knuckle-Mate or the other assistant devices as outlined in TY&E Safety
Rule 13.2.4 Sections B thru D (Lining Bar, Car Mover Pile, Pinch Bar, Coupler
Alignment Strap, or Knuckle-Mate). If attempting to align mismatched couplers without
using a device ensure the prescribed method is followed as outlined in S-13.2.4 Section
A.

  B) Knuckle-Mates are located at the following locations:
    i) 38th Street
       Attached to light tower near second solar switch on North Lead
        Attached to Yardmaster Tower
        Attached to light tower on middle lead near the west end Scale Track
     ii) 31st Street
        Attached to light tower on North side near 138 switch

  B) When mechanical devices are not available contact the Yardmaster to obtain
assistance from the Car Department.

** 26) Derailments / Close Calls / Incidents **
   A) In addition to GCOR 1.1.3, when involved in any type of rail incident/accident or
injury, do not move equipment or locomotives until instructed by Company Officer,
unless movement is required for medical purposes.

** 27) Interchange Transfers to the Union Pacific North Yard (old SP)**
  A) All interchange transfers to the SP will have a Transfer Air Test performed by
BNSF Car Department prior to departing Globeville Yard. BNSF Car Department will
provide an air slip as proof on inspection and an ETD will be used on all cuts to the SP.
BNSF crew will be responsible to ensure ETD is captured and returned to BNSF upon
their return.




       W J THOMPSON
       GENERAL MANAGER
APPROVED:
G C FOX
VP TRANSPORTATION
March 13, 2009
BNSF Railway Co.
COLORADO DIVISION

SYSTEM GENERAL NOTICE NO. 245

TO ALL CONCERNED,

SUBJECT: ~AutoProctor Requirements
SUBDIVISION: All

Policy Author: Larry Wright
If you have questions: 319-2635

BNSF Policy for Proctoring Examinations

Specific federal, state and/or railroad mandated examinations require that testing be
conducted without assistance or open reference to other materials which might aid an
individual with a test.

Computer Based Training (CBT) test proctoring can be performed using the following
methods:
 * AutoProctor
 * A company officer

AutoProctor Process

CBT desktops are equipped with a web camera and an ID card scanner which allows for
an employee to be "AutoProctored" on a 24/7 basis. Detailed AutoProctor instructions
are shown on the computer screen following sign in. First time use of the AutoProctor
feature will require the employee to scan an approved photo ID* card. The employee
will be required to verify that a successful scan of the ID card has taken place along with
a representative image capture by the web camera prior to starting the examination.

*An "approved photo ID" is an identification card issued by BNSF, federal or appropriate
state agency. The identification card must display a recent enough image of the card
holder that a designated person can identify the participant by the image displayed on the
card.

All information captured by the AutoProctor process is managed and stored in
accordance with the BNSF Video Monitoring Policy and retained in accordance with the
BNSF Records retention policy. Employee validations and record keeping will be
managed at the BNSF Technical Training Center (TTC) in Overland Park, Kansas.
AutoProctor Examination Requirements
For an examination to be considered valid, the participant must adhere to the following
prohibitions which are provided to each employee during the start-up process:
  1. Wearing a hat of any sort or size.
  2. Wearing sunglasses.
  3. Use or display of cellular phone or conventional phone.
  4. Presence of any other person in any web cam capture.
  5. An empty seat. Breaks may only be taken between examinations, not during.
  6. Any documents visible in the web cam capture when "Closed Book" session is
displayed within a yellow banner at the top of the screen.

*The employee will be prompted and it is the employee's responsibility to verify that the
ID scan and camera image are clear and are a fair likeness of the employee.

Failure to comply with any of the above will result in determination of an invalid test
which will have to be re-administered by a company officer.

When AutoProctor is not used, the supervisor is responsible for proctoring a CBT test;
however, any company officer can be designated as a proctor.




APPROVED:
C R ICE
EXEC VICE PRESIDENT & COO
March 10, 2009
BNSF Railway Co.
COLORADO DIVISION

GENERAL NOTICE NO. 244

TO ALL CONCERNED,

SUBJECT: ~Best Way Line-Up Information
SUBDIVISION: All Subdivisions

=======================
Colorado Division General Notice No. 217 is Canceled and reissued with updated
information
=======================

Implementation schedule and training information for the Best Way Line-UP Initiative
follows:

March 6, 2009 - Implementation of Push Profile Screen

This screen will determine content and timing for delivery of line up information. While
the screen to set up the personal push profile is ready on this date, the actual data push
will be implemented as outlined below. A Power Point Display outlining the set up of the
Push Profile is available on the BNSF Intranet on the Labor Relations page. On the left
menu, scroll down to Crew Initiatives and click on the link. That will take you to the
Crew Support page. On the Crew Support page, select the Power Point... entitled Push
Profile - February 18, 2009. The detail will instruct the user on setting up the push
profile.

2 important notes: 1) No data will be pushed unless an employee selects to have data
pushed; 2) While the push profile is available for set up, it will not be in production until
the push profile is implemented on the following schedule.

March 10, 2009 - Implementation of Projection View - All Locations - CCTM_1

This information will include all pre-approved layoff and markup information, along with
current vacancies and rest cycles, in on-duty estimations. By selecting option 1 from the
main menu and using the "P" view, all known vacancies, present and future, as well as all
known mark- ups will be included in the estimated on-duy projection for each TY&E
Employee requesting the data. A Power Point Display outlining the use of the Projection
View is available on the BNSF Intranet on the Labor Relations page. On the left menu,
scroll down to Crew Initiatives and click on the link. That will take you to the Crew
Support page. On the Crew Support page, select the Power Point entitled Projected
Vacancies - February 18, 2009. This detail will instruct the user on use of the Projection
data.

Note: One of the features / benefits to this technology has to do with the storage of data -
in other words, what TY&E Employees were told when accessing the "P" view. This data
will be used when actual on-duty times are known to measure the success of each
individual projection. If the "P" view is not used, this data will not be stored, and the
benefit of the measurement / comparison will not be available until the "O" view is
removed - at the time all projections provided to TY&E Employee utilize the "P" view
each time the system is accessed for line-up information so that the measurement can
occur on implementation moving forward.

After we have the Projection piece in production, we will be auditing and measuring use
and performance for any needed enhancements. When we are complete with any
enhancements, we will continue with the implementation of the Push Data on the
following projected schedule:
03/23 Pilot Text Push - Montana Division

This implementation will be to test the Push Profile. For TY&E Employees to utilize this
technology, their individual Push Profile Screen will need to be activated as outlined in
the 03/04 Push Profile Screen implementation.

Note: As referenced above with Projection View for the System, one of the benefits with
the "P" view is the ability to measure your original and subsequent projections,
comparing them to your actual on-duty time. In order to realize this benefit, the "P" view
must be used so the data presented is stored for measurement / comparison.

In order to utilize this feature, please review the Power Point Display outlining the review
of Status History, available on the BNSF Intranet on the Labor Relations page. On the
left menu, scroll down to Crew Initiatives and click on the link. That will take you to the
Crew Support page. On the Crew Support page, select the Power Point entitled Status
History February 18, 2009. This detail will instruct the user on setting up the push profile.

As with the Projection implementation, we will be auditing and measuring use and
performance of Push Data for any needed enhancements. When we are complete with any
enhancements, we will continue with the implementation of the Push Data on the
following Schdule:

04/06 Text Push - North Operations

04/20 Text Push - Central Operations

04/27 Test Push - South Operations

In addition, there is a Crew support Help Desk available between 8:00 a.m. and 4:00 p.m.
Central Time to assist with any questions or concerns regarding the access and use of this
new technology. The number for the Help Desk is (784) 676-2828, which is also
available on the BNSF Telephone Network at 8-676-2828. Outside of these hours, or
when agents are helping other customers, please leave a voice mail and your call will be
returned as soon as possible.




       W J THOMPSON
       GENERAL MANAGER
APPROVED:
G C FOX
VP TRANSPORTATION
March 04, 2009
BNSF Railway Co.
COLORADO DIVISION

SYSTEM GENERAL NOTICE NO. 242

TO ALL CONCERNED,

SUBJECT: ~Familiarization Handling Standardization
SUBDIVISION: All

In order to achieve a standardized process, all TY&E employees that are making
familiarization trips will be shown on the respective outbound crew board. TYE
Compensations will manage the trip ticket regarding whether payment for familiarization
is warranted or not, and see compensated accordingly.

TY&E employees who are in training (after the fifth week of New Hire training), or are
familiarizing, are required to place themselves in TSSCREW in order to be called. In the
TYE Display Status Screen, select Option 6 and then Option 2. Elect to make a
"Temporary" bump and enter the appropriate information in the column "Bumping a Job
Only." This must be accomplished prior to calling time for the position where you are
training.

Upon completion of the tour of duty, the trainee can remove themselves from the
temporary by using the same screen and selecting the "Clear Temporary Assignment"
option.


APPROVED:
C R ICE
EXEC VICE PRESIDENT & COO
February 09, 2009
BNSF Railway Co.
COLORADO DIVISION

SYSTEM GENERAL NOTICE NO. 235

TO ALL CONCERNED,

SUBJECT: ~TYE 2009 Employee CBT Biennial & Triennial (Recertification) Rules
Training

SUBDIVISION: All

***ENGINEERS, HOSTLERS, and RCOs will be referred to as CERTIFIED
EMPLOYEES throughout this notice****

TYE Employees DUE 2009 Computer Based Training (CBT) are:

TYE employees who did NOT recertify as Engineer, Hostler, or RCO in 2008.
    OR

TYE employees who did NOT complete a CBT Biennial Rules Review in 2008.
    OR

TYE employees who are due recertification (Engineer, Hostler, or RCO**) in 2009.

** Some individuals due RCO recertification will not be required to recertify. Only those
individuals who are notified via the paperless timekeeping system will be required to
recertify. An RCO who is not notified, but wishes to maintain his/her certification, must
contact their RFE or local supervisor for instructions prior to the expiration of his/her
license.

TYE Employees in the following status are EXCLUDED from the 2009 CBT Training
requirements:

      * FURLOUGHED
      * PERSONAL LEAVE OF ABSENCE
      * MILITARY LEAVE OF ABSENCE
      * MEDICAL LEAVE OF ABSENCE
      * STUDENT ENGINEERS
      * EMPLOYEES IN THE 2009 NEW HIRE CONDUCTOR PROGRAM

NOTIFICATION TO ATTEND
TYE employees due Biennial or Triennial training in 2009 will consider this General
Notice as notification to attend the required CBT Training.

Scheduled due dates for required CBT Training will be displayed via the paperless
timekeeping system. CBT training dates will be scheduled beginning February 11, 2009
onward. The CBT system will be available February 09, 2009.

If an employee is scheduled for CBT Training during their vacation, they should contact
the Division Manager of Field Training (MFT) to reschedule.

CERTIFIED EMPLOYEES due Biennial or Triennial training may be scheduled for the
standard CBT training session OR a Network Simulator (NETSIM) training session. The
paperless timekeeping system will notify Certified Employees which session they are
scheduled for.

A separate section in this notice titled NETWORK SIMULATORS will detail the
requirements for those individuals who are notified to attend a NETSIM training session.

DUE DATE REQUIREMENTS

Employees who did not receive CBT rules training in 2008, or Certified Employees who
are due Triennial Training in 2009, should receive a scheduled CBT Training due date
via the paperless timekeeping system by FEBRUARY 9, 2009. If one of these employees
does not receive a due date, they MUST CONTACT their Manager of Field Training
(MFT) to resolve the problem. Any rescheduling issues (vacation, personal leave, etc...)
should be resolved by contacting the MFT for assistance. A complete list of the MFT's
can be found at the end of this General Notice.

Certified employees due recertification in 2009 that do not receive a 2009 training date or
the date scheduled is beyond the date of license expiration, MUST CONTACT their MFT
or RFE. A new date in advance of license expiration will be assigned. (As stated
previously, RCO's may not be required to recertify.) The requirement to recertify is NOT
waived because a certified employee might be working in a non certified capacity. The
certified employee must recertify unless directed otherwise by local supervision.

Receipt of a recertification packet is not required before beginning the re-certification
process.

ALL TYE EMPLOYEES ARE REMINDED THAT THEIR CBT TRAINING DUE
DATES COULD CHANGE. ANY CHANGES WILL APPEAR IN THE
NOTIFICATION SCREEN OF THE PAPERLESS TIMEKEEPING SYSTEM.

RULES REVIEW AND EXAMINATION REQUIREMENTS

All TYE employees identified as due for Biennial or Triennial training in 2009 must
complete all required training modules and exams within their assigned training program.
Failure to complete and pass the exams by scheduled due date will be handled in
accordance with past practice and applicable rules as follows

1) Under former BN collective bargaining agreements, a failure to complete the CBT
training and exams by the due date is considered a test failure. Employees will not be
compensated for completing the examination on a later date. EMPLOYEES WILL BE
REMOVED FROM ALL SERVICE AFTER 3 TEST FAILURES and will remain out of
service until successfully passing the required exams. (If an employee fails an exam once,
and allows more than 30 days to pass before retaking the exam, the employee will be
assessed an additional failure for not having completed the exam within 30 days.)

2) Under former ATSF collective bargaining agreements, a failure to complete the CBT
training and exams on or before the due date is not considered a failure, but a discipline
matter. Investigations may be scheduled accordingly. EMPLOYEES WILL BE
REMOVED FROM ALL SERVICE AFTER 2 TEST FAILURES and will remain out of
service until successfully passing the required exams.

3) If a certified employee (Engineer, Hostler, or RCO) who is completing Triennial CBT
requirements (recertification) fails any of the required examinations (Power Brake Law,
Haz Mat, and Operating Rules), that individual must not operate locomotives or RCO
Equipment, except in student status, until he or she successfully passes all recertification
exams. Certified employees failing their 3rd attempt will not be allowed to retake the
examination until a time period of 7 days from the previous failure has elapsed.

REVIEW MODULES AND EXAMINATIONS

CBT review modules for both the Biennial and Triennial programs are listed under TYE
on the main menu.

Employees are encouraged to access and complete these modules prior to their due date.
All required modules MUST be completed before the employee will be allowed to take
the exams.

Employees completing Biennial, Triennial, or Return to Work examinations must be
proctored. Proctored means a supervisor, or their designee, has positively identified the
employee prior to beginning the exam. In lieu of a supervisor, some locations will utilize
Auto-Proctor; instructions for use will be available via the CBT screen. (In either case,
employees will be required to show their driver's license or BNSF photo ID.) They will
also be advised that the exam must be taken without reference materials except when
authorized by on screen instructions. At locations without Auto-Proctor, all of the
required modules must be completed before an employee asks a supervisor to proctor the
exams.

Additionally, once the series of exams is started, they must be completed before the
employee logs off the CBT.
Partial completion of an exam may result in a failure being logged for that attempt.
Employees should ensure they have ample time to complete the exam before beginning.

Both the Biennial and Triennial CBT programs consist of training modules and exams.
****Scenario based exams have been removed from 2009 TYE Rules and have been
replaced with multiple choice questions*****

THE EXAMS ARE:

Power Brake Law------25 questions
HAZMAT--------------20 questions
GCOR/SSI/Timetable--55 questions

Required passing scores are:
Triennial----------------90%
Biennial-----------------80%
Biennial Non Promoted----70%
Return to Work-------------90%
Return to Work Non Promoted-----80%

Employees who fail to obtain the minimum passing score on their first attempt will
receive on screen instructions for retaking the missed questions on the same day.
EMPLOYEES WHO FAIL ANY OF THE TRIENNIAL RECERTIFICATION EXAMS
MAY NOT WORK IN ANY CERTIFIED CAPACITY, OTHER THAN IN STUDENT
STATUS UNTIL THEY PASS THE EXAMS.

NETWORK SIMULATORS

Engineers due Biennial or Triennial training in 2009 may be assigned to a NETSIM.
When the paperless timekeeping system notifies an employee of their due date for 2009
TYE Rules Training, the system will specify if an engineer is due to attend training at a
CBT workstation or on a NETSIM located at or near the employee's work location. If you
are assigned to a NETSIM location, YOU MUST REPORT TO THE NETSIM ON OUR
DESIGNATED DUEDATE AT:

****0745 CENTRAL TIME******

CREW SUPPORT NOTIFICATION

Employees who complete the 2009 TYE Rules Program on their due date must input an
immediate layoff request for CBT. If the layoff request is placed in denied or pending
status, the employee must contact their supervisor for approval. Employees who are not
allowed to layoff for their exam on their due date because of crew shortage issues must
immediately contact their MFT to reschedule, ensuring that they do not work in any
certified position if their certification has expired. After completing 2009 CBT TYE
Rules Training, the employee must note on their special claim, the name of the field
officer who would not authorize attendance on the initial due date.

HOURS OF SERVICE REQUIREMENTS

Regardless of whether an employee volunteers or is mandated to attend, time spent
completing the 2009 CBT TYE Rules Program will be considered time on duty under the
Hours of Service Act. The modules (not the exams) may be completed one at a time. The
duration of the modules and exams is approximately 8 hours.

Employees who complete the modules and exams between trips or regular assignments
must count time spent on the CBT toward Hours of Service. Employees voluntarily
completing the program prior to their due date must ensure their time spent on this task
doesn't conflict with job responsibilities or Hours of Service requirements.

COMPENSATION

Employees covered by the UTU collective bargaining agreement (CBA) are allowed and
encouraged to complete the CBT program in advance of their due dates. When such
employees fully complete the CBT program and examinations prior to their scheduled
date, they will be paid $200.00. The following Constructive Allowance must be used to
receive the incentive payment for completing the CBT program in advance:

TI - TRAINING INCENTIVE: To be used by employees covered by a UTU CBA who
voluntarily complete the CBT program and examinations prior to their scheduled due
date.

The following Constructive Allowance must be used to receive the normal compensation
due an employee who has completed the CBT program.

CT - TRAINING AGREEMENT:

To be used by employees covered by a UTU CBA who complete training requirements
on or after their due dates. Also to be used by employees covered by a BLE CBA who
complete the 2009 CBT program.

COMPUTER NETWORK PROBLEMS

Employees who cannot complete required modules and exams because of technical
problems with CBT computers or network MUST request a TROUBLE TICKET number
from the HELP DESK (8-593-4357) at the time of the problem. This ticket number is
required in the comment section of the employee's special claim. If the problem cannot be
corrected on a particular CBT workstation, every effort should be made to complete the
program on another available CBT workstation at that location on the same day.

On February 9, 2009, approximately 700 CBT workstations at over 200 locations system
wide will be available for use. For more detailed information or questions, contact local
Directors of Administration or Managers of Field Training at phone numbers listed
below.

DIRECTORS OF ADMINISTRATION

CALIFORNIA-----------ALBERT PEREZ------------------386-4465
LOS ANGELES----------JAN TAYLOR--------------------460-6112
CHICAGO--------------RUTH MCCULLUM-----------------579-5102
COLORADO-------------MELISSA HENDERSON-------------480-6227
GULF-----------------MARY COUEY--------------------847-3595
KANSAS---------------JILL RASMUSSEN----------------551-4426
MONTANA--------------RAY INHOFER-------------------256-4012
NEBRASKA-------------GREG WRIGHT-------------------458-7596
NORTHWEST------------KEN IVERSON-------------------625-6275
POWDER RIVER---------KATHY STRAIGHT----------------685-7460
SOUTHWEST------------SCOTT MEYER-------------------864-4999
SPRINGFIELD----------NEWTON BROWN------------------829-2102
TEXAS----------------ED POULSON--------------------224-7003
TWIN CITIES----------NED PERCIVAL------------------782-3480


MANAGERS OF FIELD TRAINING

CALIFORNIA / LA------DAVE NELSON-------------------386-4119
CHICAGO--------------GREG SIMS---------------------850-5633
COLORADO-------------NEAL PAYTON-------------------480-6295
GULF-----------------MARK SHIVELY-----------------------TBD
KANSAS---------------GEORGE FERRIS-----------------319-3970
MONTANA--------------MICHAEL CINI------------------265-0225
NEBRASKA-------------DENNIS GENGLER----------------458-7303
NORTHWEST------------RICHARD JANES-----------------536-2323
POWDER RIVER---------DUSTY BELLEW------------------865-5330
SOUTHWEST------------JOHN FOX----------------------864-5184
SPRINGFIELD----------RON PERKINS-------------------829-2167
TEXAS----------------WAYNE BERNHARDT---------------352-2908
TWIN CITIES----------DENNIS ROBERTS----------------782-3309

MATERIALS TO REVIEW

U.S. HAZARDOUS MATERIALS INSTRUCTIONS FOR RAIL
      -Part II Required Documentation
      -Part III Inspection
      -Part IV Placards and Markings
      -Part V Switching
      -Part VI Train Placement
      -Train Placement Chart
      -Switching Chart
      -Glossary

SYSTEM SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS
Items: 3(D), 8D, 23(G), 43, 48, 49

DIVISION TIMETABLE
There will be 10 territory specific questions that will be included in the GCOR open book
portion of the exam.

GCOR        ABTH      SAFETY
1.10      100.8   S-13.1.1
1.4.1     100.10  S-13.1.3
1.6.2     100.11  S-13.1.5
1.33      100.19  S-13.6.2
5.6      100.20
5.9.2     101.2
6.4      101.6
6.5      101.14
6.6      102.13.4
6.32      102.15
9.9      103.3
9.10      103.7.6
        103.7.7
        104.6




APPROVED:
C R ICE
EXEC VICE PRESIDENT & COO
January 27, 2009
BNSF Railway Co.
COLORADO DIVISION

GENERAL NOTICE NO. 228

TO ALL CONCERNED,

SUBJECT: ~Work Events on Line during Inclement Weather Conditions

ALL SUBDIVISIONS

Prior to departing on duty locations during inclement weather conditions, Conductors are
required to verify scheduled on line work with the Train Dispatcher. This includes work
order instructions to perform pick ups between terminals and set outs including
locomotives.

Verification prior to performing work is also required after departing terminals when
encountering inclement weather conditions.

As a reminder when working in winter weather conditions:

*   Job Safety Brief on risks associated with conditions
*   Wear required enhanced winter footwear
*   Stay alert for ice and snow on hand holds, stairs and walkways
*   When walking, take smaller steps and keep hands free
*   Every employee is empowered and responsible to perform their job safely.



       W J THOMPSON
       GENERAL MANAGER
APPROVED:
G C FOX
VP TRANSPORTATION
.
January 23, 2009
BNSF Railway Co.
COLORADO DIVISION

SYSTEM GENERAL NOTICE NO. 227

TO ALL CONCERNED,

SUBJECT: ~Supplement to TYE 2009 Employee CBT Biennial & Triennial
(Recertification) Rules Training
SUBDIVISION: All

=======================
Explanation:
Previous System General Notice titled "Supplement to TYE 2009 Employee CBT
Biennial & Triennial (Recertification) Rules Training" dated January 15, 2009 is
cancelled and reissued.
=======================

EMPLOYEES WHO HAVE SUCCESSFULLY COMPLETED 2009 TRAINING
REQUIREMENTS ARE NOT AFFECTED BY THIS NOTICE.

TYE 2009 Employee CBT Biennial & Triennial (Recertification) Rules Training remains
suspended until further notice. 2009 TYE Rules training will be delivered as outlined
below. All TYE Employees will RESUME acceptance of training notifications made by
the paperless timekeeping system. All training notifications are to be considered
instructions to report for training.

Employees who are notified via the paperless timekeeping system to attend NetSim
Biennial or NetSim Triennial training will continue to report to their designated NetSim
location on the scheduled date at 0745 CENTRAL TIME.

Employees due re-certification on or before 2/28/09 will be scheduled to attend Instructor
Led Re-certification Training. Employees who are notified via the paperless timekeeping
system to attend Instructor Led Recertification Training will obtain their designated
training location by calling the scheduling desk at 913-319-3949 or 8-319-3949 company
line. Employees will report to their designated training location on the scheduled date as
instructed by 0700 local time.

Employees who do not meet either of the criteria above will be re-scheduled for CBT
training at a later date. Notification of the re-scheduled dates will be made via the
paperless timekeeping system.

MATERIALS TO REVIEW FOR INSTRUCTOR LED TRAINING:
U.S. HAZARDOUS MATERIAL INSTRUCTIONS FOR RAIL
-Part II Required Documentation
-Part III Inspection
-Part IV Placards and Markings
-Part V Switching
-Part VI Train Placement
-Train Placement Chart
-Switching Chart
-Glossary

SYSTEM SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS
Items: 3(D), 8(D), 23(G), 43, 48

SAFETY RULES
S-13.1.1, S-13.1.3 A, S-13.1.5, S-13.6.2

GCOR             ABTH
1.4.1          100.2
1.6.2          100.8.1
1.10           100.10
1.33           100.11
2.14           100.15
5.4.2          101.2
5.4.3          101.6
5.4.5          102.1.1
5.6           102.3
5.8.2          102.13
5.9.2          102.13.4
6.3           104.6
6.4           104.14
6.4.1
6.4.2
6.5
6.6
6.14
6.23
6.27
6.28
6.32.4
9.8
9.9
9.9.1
9.10
9.11
10.3
10.3.3
14.1
14.3
14.3.1
15.2
15.12




APPROVED:
C R ICE
EXEC VICE PRESIDENT & COO
January 14, 2009
BNSF Railway Co.
COLORADO DIVISION

GENERAL NOTICE NO. 224

TO ALL CONCERNED,

SUBJECT: ~DriveCam

=======================
Colorado Division General Notice No. 204 - 188 - 187 are cancelled -
=======================

In an effort to eliminate all injuries and accidents, BNSF plans to install DriveCam driver
safety system in all BNSF crew vans that operate on the Division.

Addressing crew van safety is an important part of BNSF's effort. In 2007, 55 reportable
and 31 non-reportable injuries resulted while employees were riding in, embarking, or
disembarking crew hauling vans.

The DriveCam system is a windshield-mounted video recording device that is activated
by triggering events, such as:

* Sudden acceleration
* Sudden braking
* Swerving
* Impact collisions

The system will record video of the activity in front of, behind, and inside the vehicle
eight seconds before and four seconds after the triggering event. Installation will begin
Tuesday January 13, 2009 and will be completed by Wednesday January 14, 2009.

DriveCam will review all recorded video and forward the results to BNSF, who will
coach and counsel their drivers to improve the overall safety of driver behavior and
identify drivers who may need additional training.

DriveCam is a national company focused on improving driver safety. Other companies
using the DriveCam system have experienced 30 to 60 percent reductions in vehicle
accidents. During a 90-day pilot project on the Texas Division between January 21st and
April 20th of 2007, the division experienced and 86 percent reduction of incidents.

If you have any comments or questions about this important initiative, feel free to contact
your supervisor.
       W J THOMPSON
       GENERAL MANAGER
APPROVED:
G C FOX
VP TRANSPORTATION
January 08, 2009
BNSF Railway Co.
COLORADO DIVISION

GENERAL NOTICE NO. 222

TO ALL CONCERNED,

SUBJECT: ~Front Range Subdivision Instructions

=======================
Colorado Division General Notice No. 203 is cancelled and reissued with addition
concerning Longmont Road Switch jobs marked by ** and Wendover section deleted
=======================

** ADD the following:

** Engineers called to protect any of the three Longmont Road Switch jobs must be
qualified on the territory they will operate on. If they are not qualified they must notify
the crew caller when accepting the call that the caller will need to order an Engineer
Pilot.

When there is a yard service locomotive failure, the NOC Mechanical Desk must be
notified immediately, with the following information provided:

Locomotive initial and number
Location of failure
Date and time of failure
Failure description

Reporting for Duty
------------------

CONDUCTORS, ENGINE FOREMEN AND ENGINEERS ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR
DETERMINING ENTIRE CREW IS PRESENT AND READY TO DEPART OR
COMMENCE WORK AT THE ON-DUTY TIME. IF A MEMBER OF THE CREW IS
NOT PRESENT, THIS MUST BE REPORTED TO A SUPERVISOR WITHIN 5
MINUTES OF ON-DUTY TIME.

CONDUCTORS ON THROUGH TRAINS, PUSHERS, OR TRAINS ORIGINALLY
MADE UP, REDUCED, FILLED OR ASSIGNED WORK MUST CONTACT
YARDMASTER, TRAINMASTER OR SUPERVISOR WITHIN 5 MINUTES OF ON-
DUTY TIME FOR INSTRUCTIONS. DISPATCHER MUST BE CONTACTED IF
TRACK WARRANTS ARE NOT AVAILABLE WTIHIN 10 MINUTES OF ON-DUTY
TIME.

ENGINE FOREMAN MUST CONTACT YARDMASTER OR TRAINMASTER
WITHIN 5 MINUTES OF ON-DUTY TIME OR RETURN FROM LUNCH, FOR
INSTRUCTIONS.

TAXI / LIMO DELAYS
------------------

CONDUCTORS / ENGINE FOREMEN MUST IMMEDIATELY REPORT TO THE
YARDMASTER/ TRAINMASTER, ANY DELAYS IN EXCESS OF 15 MINUTES TO
TAXI/LIMO SERVICE. THIS INCLUDES CREWS CALLED FOR DEADHEAD
SERVICE, DOG CATCHING OR ANY OTHER NEED FOR TAXI/LIMO TYPE
SERVICE.

Guidelines for Securing Equipment
--------------------------

The following are guidelines for securing equipment on the Front Range Subdivision.

Engineer and conductor or switch crew are jointly responsible to ensure equipment left
unattended is properly secured and sufficient number of handbrakes are applied to
prevent movement. Employees will be governed by ABTH 102.1, ABTH 102.1.1,
ABTH 1.2.1.2 and ABTH 104.14.

To minimize risk when determining the minimum number of handbrakes, the following
number of handbrakes to apply on cars is as follows:

(Note: Release test is required)

Denver 31st Street
------------------

Tracks 101 and 102 - 6 hand brakes
Tracks 103 through 146 - 2 hand brakes
Main Line and Coal 1 and Coal 2 - 7 hand brakes for loaded trains, 3 hand brakes for
empty coal trains

Hogan's Alley Track 2401
------------------------

7 hand brakes for loaded trains, 3 hand brakes for empties

LODO Track 2410
---------------
9 hand brakes for loaded trains, 4 hand brakes for empties

Rennix Yard
-----------

East and west Packer Tracks - minimum of 2 hand brakes
All other Yard Tracks     - a minimum of 25% of the cars handbrakes must be applied
unless tonnage required for handbrakes exceeds guidelines set under ABTH Rule 104.14.
Handbrakes will be applied on the low (south) end of the track.

Cheyenne - 2 handbrakes must be applied on each track on the south end of Cheyenne
Yard

Longmont - any track with 10 cars or less must have 4 handbrakes applied. Any track
with more than 10 cars refer to ABTH 104.14 Chart, Brakes Per Ton
--------------------------

RCO Switch Crew Information

All RCO switch crews must have air cut into the head five cars when handling switch
cuts 3000 tons or more. (Yardmaster will be contacted for the information on tonnage
questions).

All intermodal equipment will be switched with air.

All loaded coal/grain trains will be handled with air.

RCO crews handling transfer cuts between Rennicks Yard and 31st St. Yard via the Wye
bridge will not exceed 3000 tons.

All yard transfer cuts require a yard transfer air test.
---------------------------

Denver 31st Street

Effective immediately

All yard assignments reporting to work at 31st Street must report to the first floor Road
Foreman's Conference Room for a Job / Safety Briefing. All crew members are to report
within 5 minutes of their on duty time and must have on all required PPE (work boots,
etc.)


Protect Open Switch - Front Range Subdivision
-----------------
Following are Protect Open Switch locations:

Direction changes on all

SSS FEDERAL                 NSS FEDERAL      SSS HORSE CREEK
NSS HORSE CREEK                 SSS ALTUS     NSS ALTUS
SSS LAMBERT                  NSS LAMBERT      SSS CHUGWATER
NSS CHUGWATER                   SSS BORDEAUX      SSS WHEATLAND
NSS WHEATLAND                   MOBA JCT.     SSS DWYER
NSS DWYER                   SSS BROOMFIELD     NSS BROOMFIELD
NSS LOVELAND                  SSS OWL CANYON      NSS OWL CANYON
PLATTE RIVER JCT.              SSS NORFOLK     NSS NORFOLK
SSS SPEER                  NSS LONGS PEAK    SSS LONGS PEAK
---------------------------

Setting out cars on Sidings or Auxiliary Tracks

When setting 15 cars or less, apply hand brakes on a minimum of 50 percent of the cars
set out. When setting out more than 15 cars, comply with the requirements in the Air
Brake and Train Handling Rules.


AT DIXON
--------

SPOT LOADED STEEL CARS ON THE EAST TRACK BETWEEN THE OLD
SCALE AND BEET LOADER.

GRADE CROSSING REQUIREMENTS

TY&E PERSONNEL ARE REQUESTED BY THIS NOTICE TO REVIEW THE
REQUIREMENTS OF GCOR RULE 6.32. MOST COMPLAINTS FOR BLOCKING
CROSSINGS COME FROM BROOMFIELD, FT. COLLINS AND LONGMONT.
HOWEVER, THE PRIVATE CROSSING AT MP 40.6 IS A PROBLEM. WE NEED
TO CUT THIS CROSSING ANY TIME THAT WE KNOW WE WILL BLOCK THIS
CROSSING FOR MORE THAN TEN (10) MINUTES.
--------------------------

AT BROOMFIELD

WESTBOUND TRAINS LONGER THAN 6,000 FEET ARE INSTRUCTED BY THIS
NOTICE TO STAY BACK OF 112TH STREET UNTIL THEY ARE POSITIVE THEY
CAN CLEAR NICKEL STREET WITHOUT STOPPING.
---------------------------

On Line Work Instructions
All trains may be instructed to do work on line by the Front Range Dispatcher or on duty
Transportation Manager in addition to on line work orders issued to the train.

All work on line must be reported by using the VTR (Voice Train Reporting) System.
This is the primary system for reporting on line work.

DELETE the information under 'At North Yard' and replace with the following
information:

At North Yard
-------------

Instructions for H DENLAU, R COL4211

In addition to doing work on line as directed by work orders, all of the above listed trains
must check the GW Ry. Mailbox located outside North Yard Depot for pickup
information.

All other trains will pick up all available cars when train makeup permits.

At Longmont
-----------

In east yards Longmont all tracks that have up to ten (10) cars must have four (4) cars
with hand brakes set

Any tracks with more than ten (10) cars, be governed by ABTH Rule 104.14 Chart,
Brakes per Ton

Northward trains must set out in the east yard unless otherwise instructed.

Cheyenne
--------

When trains are yarded at Cheyenne to be held for later departure, and it is necessary to
double a portion of the train to another track, the crew making the double-over will be
sure to place the power back to the larger portion of the train and recharge the air system
leaving the air brakes set.

 Explanation: The purpose for this is to eliminate the necessity of making a walking
inspection of the entire train when preparing to depart.

Security lock code is 4125
---------------------------

AT MOBA
WYOMING SENIORITY DISTRICT ENGINEERS OPERATING BETWEEN
WENDOVER AND MOBA ARE CONSIDERED FAMILIAR WITH AND
QUALIFIED ON THE TERRITORY AFTER MAKING TWO TRIPS BETWEEN
WENDOVER AND MOBA. ONE TRIP MUST BE MADE ON A LOADED COAL
TRAIN BETWEEN WENDOVER AND LARAMIE RIVER POWER PLANT. THE
SECOND TRIP MAY BE ON EITHER A LOADED COAL TRAIN OR ON AN
EMPTY RETURNING TO WENDOVER.

CONDUCTORS NOT QUALIFIED BETWEEN WENDOVER AND MOBA MAY
OPERATE OVER THE TERRITORY WITH A QUALIFIED ENGINEER WHO WILL
PROVIDE ASSISTANCE REGARDING THE PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF
THE TERRITORY.




       W J THOMPSON
       GENERAL MANAGER
APPROVED:
G C FOX
VP TRANSPORTATION
January 06, 2009
BNSF Railway Co.
COLORADO DIVISION

GENERAL NOTICE NO. 221

TO ALL CONCERNED,

SUBJECT: ~Application for Yardmaster Candidates
SUBDIVISION: All

=======================
Colorado Division General Notice No.'s 215-179-133 are cancelled.
=======================

We are currently accepting applications for a pool of Yardmaster candidates at the
following locations:

Amory, MS       Amarillo, TX     Alliance, NE
Birmingham, AL Blytheville, AR Cicero, IL
Denver, CO      Dilworth, MN     Enid, OK
Eola, IL      Everett, WA    Ft. Worth, TX
Galesburg, IL Grand Forks, ND Great Falls, MT
Guernsey, WY Havre, MT           Houston, TX
Kansas City Klamath Falls, OR LaCrosse, WI
Lafayette, LA Lincoln, NE       Mandan, ND
Memphis, TN Minneapolis, MN Minot, ND
Omaha, NE       Pasco, WA       Seattle, WA
Sioux City, IA Spokane, WA       Springfield, MO
St. Louis, MO Tacoma, WA          Tulsa, OK
Vancouver, WA Wenatchee, WA          Willmar, MN
West Quincy, MO

Although this is a system bulletin, applicants may only apply for positions at their current
location of seniority. Candidates may be subject to passing a yardmaster aptitude exam
to assess qualifications for the position. Candidates will receive training at their location
and also attend the two week mandatory Yardmaster Training Class in Overland Park,
Kansas.

Employees submitting their name for consideration will have their names on file for a six
month period beginning from the date of this notice. During this six month period, when
a location has a need for new yardmasters, candidates will be chosen from the list of
names on file. (Note: there will be no requirement for any additional postings for
candidates during this time period, accordingly anyone interested in yardmaster service
during this period should apply on this notice). Applications will be accepted for 15 days
from the date of this notice.

If interested, please complete the bottom of this notice and fax to the Ft. Worth
Yardmaster Office at 8-593-2989. It is suggested that employees verify with the
yardmaster office (8-593-7680 - Option 1) that their application has been received.

This notice does not intend to supersede any union agreements in place.

Please consider my request to be added to the pool of potential yardmaster candidates:

Name
Employee Number
Present Craft
Present work location
I am interested in a yardmaster position at
My contact phone number(s

Supervisor's name (please print




       W J THOMPSON
       GENERAL MANAGER
APPROVED:
G C FOX
VP TRANSPORTATION
December 19, 2008
BNSF Railway Co.
COLORADO DIVISION

GENERAL NOTICE NO. 217

TO ALL CONCERNED,

SUBJECT: ~BEST WAY LINE-UP - UPDATED TSSCREW VIEW AVAILABLE
SUBDIVISION: ALL

=======================
Colorado Division General Notice No. 202 is cancelled and replaced with the following
=======================
Colorado Division General Notices 197 and 194 are cancelled
=======================

Effective Tuesday, December 16, 2008 at 10:00 a.m., the TSSCREW Views of the Best
Way Line-Up Initiative will be updated.

Based on feedback from the TYE user group, the November 5, 2008 implementation of
the line-up view will be updated. This change will reduce the number of fields available
for entry and as a result will reduce keystrokes.

Currently, there are fields for extra board, board and pool ID. The extra board and board
field will be combined into one date entry as in the past. The logic behind the view will
automatically take you to the requested board, or to the extra board with the logic for old
view "O" or the current view "C".

A detailed PowerPoint presentation on use of the new views is available on the Labor
Relations website, on the BNSF intranet. When on the Labor Relations page, go to the
bottom of the navigation bar on the left-hand side of the screen. Roll to the bottom and
click on the link Crew Initiatives. That will take you to the Crew Initiative page. From
there, click on the link Best Way Line-Up - Detailed Instructions - December 16, 2008.

In addition, the Help Desk established beginning Wednesday, November 5, 2008, is still
available for your questions regarding these changes. When you have questions, please
call company line (785) 676-2828, between the hours of 8:00 a.m. and 4:00 p.m. Central
Time, Monday through Friday. During these hours, a Help Team Member will be in
place to answer your questions. Outside of these hours, please leave a voice mail with
your questions and a representative will get back to you as soon as possible.

This change is one of several for the Best Way Line-Up Initiative that will be
implemented over the next several months. This change is necessary to set up the next
software implementation, which will project pre-approved layoffs and mark-ups - which
are not projected in the current system, thereby improving estimated on duty information.

The next implementation will be vacancy projection - adding pre-approved layoffs and
mark-ups to the known vacancies that are currently projected in the line-up. The roll-out
of this software should start the first part of February and be completely implemented by
the middle of March.

An additional upgrade with this initiative is the ability to "Push" data to a text device.
Users will be able to configure a data screen, which is much like the current telephone
maintenance screen, to define when line-up information should be pushed to employees.
More information will be forthcoming regarding this ability in the near future.
Tentatively, the implementation of this push technology should start in the middle of
March and be completed by the end of April.

Thank you for your feedback on the screen views that have facilitated this change.



       W J THOMPSON
       GENERAL MANAGER
APPROVED:
G C FOX
VP TRANSPORTATION
December 17, 2008
BNSF Railway Co.
COLORADO DIVISION

SYSTEM GENERAL NOTICE NO. 216

TO ALL CONCERNED,

SUBJECT: ~TYE 2009 Employee CBT Biennial & Triennial (Recertification) Rules
Training

SUBDIVISION: All

***ENGINEERS, HOSTLERS, and RCOs will be referred to as CERTIFIED
EMPLOYEES throughout this notice****

TYE Employees DUE 2009 Computer Based Training (CBT) are:

TYE employees who did NOT recertify as Engineer, Hostler, or RCO in 2008.
  OR
TYE employees who did NOT complete a CBT Biennial Rules Review in 2008.
  OR
TYE employees who are due recertification (Engineer, Hostler, or RCO**) in 2009.

** Some individuals due RCO recertification will not be required to recertify. Only those
individuals who are notified via the paperless timekeeping system will be required to
recertify. An RCO who is not notified, but wishes to maintain their certification, must
contact their RFE or local supervisor for instructions prior to their license expiring.

TYE Employees in the following status are EXCLUDED from the 2009 CBT Training
requirements:

   * FURLOUGHED
   * PERSONAL LEAVE OF ABSENCE
   * MILITARY LEAVE OF ABSENCE
   * MEDICAL LEAVE OF ABSENCE
   * STUDENT ENGINEERS
   * EMPLOYEES IN THE 2009 NEW HIRE CONDUCTOR PROGRAM

NOTIFICATION TO ATTEND

TYE employees due Biennial or Triennial training in 2009 will consider this General
Notice as notification to attend the required CBT Training.
Scheduled due dates for required CBT Training will be displayed via the paperless
timekeeping system. CBT training dates will be scheduled from January 05, 2009
onward. The CBT system will not be available until January 05, 2009.

If an employee is scheduled for CBT Training during their vacation, they should contact
their local Manager of Field Training (MFT) to have their due date rescheduled.

CERTIFIED EMPLOYEES due Biennial or Triennial training may be scheduled for the
standard CBT training session OR a Network Simulator (NETSIM) training session. The
paperless timekeeping system will notify Certified Employees which session they are
scheduled for.

A separate section in this notice titled NETWORK SIMULATORS will detail the
requirements for those individuals who are notified to attend a NETSIM training session.

DUE DATE REQUIREMENTS

Employees who did not receive CBT rules training in 2008, or Certified Employees who
are due Triennial Training in 2009, should receive a scheduled CBT Training due date
via the paperless timekeeping system by JANUARY 05, 2009. If one of these employees
does not receive a due date, they MUST CONTACT their Manager of Field Training
(MFT) to resolve the problem. Any rescheduling issues (vacation, personal leave, etc...)
should be resolved by contacting the MFT for assistance. A complete list of the MFT's
can be found at the end of this General Notice.

If a certified employee's (Engineer, Hostler, or RCO) scheduled Triennial Training
session is scheduled after their license expires; or they do not receive an assigned due
date in a year that their certification will expire, they MUST CONTACT their MFT or
RFE. A new date in advance of their license expiration will be assigned. (As stated
previously, RCO's may not be required to recertify.)

The requirement to recertify is NOT waived because a certified employee might be
working in a non certified capacity. The certified employee must recertify unless directed
otherwise by local supervision.

Receipt of a recertification packet is not required before beginning the re-certification
process.

ALL TYE EMPLOYEES ARE REMINDED THAT THEIR CBT TRAINING DUE
DATES MIGHT CHANGE. ANY CHANGES WILL APPEAR IN THE
NOTIFICATION SCREEN IN THE PAPERLESS TIMEKEEPING SYSTEM.

RULES REVIEW AND EXAMINATION REQUIREMENTS

All TYE employees identified as due for Biennial or Triennial training in 2009 are
required to COMPLTETE all required CBT training modules and exams.
Failure to complete and pass the exams by scheduled due date will be handled in
accordance with past practice and applicable rules as follows:

1) Under former BN collective bargaining agreements, a failure to complete the CBT
training and exams by the due date is considered a test failure. Employees will not be
compensated for completing the examination on a later date.
EMPLOYEES WILL BE REMOVED FROM ALL SERVICE AFTER 3 TEST
FAILURES,
and will remain out of service until successfully passing the required exam. (If an
employee fails an exam once, and allows more than 30 days to pass before retaking the
exam, the employee will be assessed an additional failure for not having completed the
exam within 30 days.)

2) Under former ATSF collective bargaining agreements, a failure to complete the CBT
training and exams on or before the due date is not considered a failure, but a discipline
matter. Investigations may be scheduled accordingly. EMPLOYEES WILL BE
REMOVED FROM ALL SERVICE AFTER 2 TEST FAILURES and will remain out of
service until successfully passing the required exams.

3) If a certified employee (Engineer, Hostler, or RCO) who is completing Triennial CBT
requirements (recertification) fails any of the required examinations (Power Brake Law,
Haz Mat, and Operating Rules), that individual must not operate locomotives or RCO
equipment, except in student status, until he or she successfully passes all recertification
exams. Certified employees failing their 3rd attempt will not be allowed to retake the
examination until a period of 7 days from the previous failure has elapsed.

REVIEW MODULES AND EXAMINATIONS

There are several CBT review modules in the 2009 TYE Rules Program. CBT review
modules for both the Biennial and Triennial programs are listed under the 2009 TYE
Rules.

Employees are encouraged to access and complete these modules prior to their due date.
All modules MUST be completed before the employee will be allowed to take the exams.

Employees completing Biennial, Triennial, or Return to Work examinations must be
proctored. Proctored means a supervisor, or their designee, has positively identified the
employee prior to beginning the exam. In lieu of a supervisor, some locations will utilize
Auto-Proctor; instructions for use will be available via CBT screen. (In either case,
employees will be required to show their driver's license or BNSF photo ID.) They will
also be advised that the exam must be taken without reference materials except when
authorized by on screen instructions. At locations without Auto-Proctor, all of the
required modules must be completed before an employee requests a supervisor contact
the HELP DESK to authorize enrollment into the exam.
Additionally, once the series of exams is started, they must be completed before the
employee logs off the CBT.

Partial completion of an exam may result in a failure being logged for that attempt.
Employees should ensure they have ample time to complete the exam before beginning.

Both the Biennial and Triennial CBT programs consist of training modules and exams.

The exams are:
Power Brake Law----25 questions
HAZMAT------------20 questions
GCOR & Timetable-----55 questions

Required passing scores are:
Triennial-------90%
Biennial--------80%
Biennial Non Promoted-------70%
Return to Work------90%
Return to Work Non Promoted-----80%

Employees who fail to obtain the minimum passing score on their first attempt, will
receive on screen instructions for retaking the missed questions on the same day.
EMPLOYEES WHO FAIL ANY OF THE TRIENNIAL RECERTIFICATION EXAMS
MAY NOT WORK IN ANY CERTIFIED CAPACITY, OTHER THAN STUDENT
CERTIFICATION STATUS UNTIL THEY PASS THE Exams.

NETWORK SIMULATORS

Engineers due Biennial or Triennial training in 2009 may be assigned to a NETSIM.
When the paperless timekeeping system notifies an employee of their due date for 2009
TYE Rules Training, the system will specify if an engineer is due to attend training at a
CBT workstation or on a NETSIM located at or near the employee's work location. If you
are assigned to a NETSIM location, YOU MUST REPORT TO THE NETSIM ON OUR
DESIGNATED DUE DATE AT:
-----0745 CENTRAL TIME-----
Employees who complete the 2009 TYE Rules Program on their due date must input an
immediate layoff request for CBT. If the layoff request is placed in denied or pending
status, the employee must contact their supervisor for approval. Employees who are not
allowed to layoff for their exam on their due date because of crew shortage issues must
immediately contact their MFT to reschedule, ensuring that they do not work in any
certified position if their certification has expired. After completing 2009 CBT TYE
Rules Training, the employee must note on their special claim, the name of the field
officer who would not authorize attendance on the initial due date.

HOURS OF SERVICE REQUIREMENTS
Regardless of whether an employee volunteers or is mandated to attend, time spent
completing the 2009 CBT TYE Rules Program will be considered as time on duty under
the Hours of Service Act. The modules (not the exams) may be completed one at a time.
The duration of the modules and exams is approximately 8 hours.

Employees who complete the modules and exams between trips or regular assignments
must count time spent on the CBT towards Hours of Service. Employees voluntarily
completing the program prior to their due date must ensure their time spent on this task
doesn't conflict with job responsibilities or Hours of Service requirements.

COMPENSATION

Employees covered by the UTU collective bargaining agreement (CBA) are allowed and
encouraged to complete the CBT program in advance of their due dates. When such
employees fully complete the CBT program and examinations prior to their scheduled
date, they will be paid $200.00. The following Constructive Allowance must be used to
receive the incentive payment for completing the CBT program in advance:

TI - TRAINING INCENTIVE: To be used by employees covered by a UTU CBA who
voluntarily complete the CBT program and examinations prior to their scheduled due
date.

The following Constructive Allowance must be used to receive the normal compensation
due an employee who has completed the CBT program.

CT - TRAINING AGREEMENT: To be used by employees covered by a UTU CBA who
complete training requirements on or after their due dates. Also to be used by employees
covered by a BLE CBA who complete the 2009 CBT program.

COMPUTER NETWORK PROBLEMS

Employees who cannot complete required modules and exams because of technical
problems with CBT computers or network MUST request a TROUBLE TICKET number
from the HELP DESK (8- 593-4357) at the time of the problem. This ticket number is
required in the comment section of the employee's special claim. If the problem cannot be
corrected on a particular CBT workstation, every effort should be made to complete the
program on another available CBT workstation at that location on the same day.

On January 5, 2009, approximately 700 CBT workstations at over 200 locations system
wide will be available for use. For more detailed information or questions, contact local
Directors of Administration or Managers of Field Training at phone numbers listed
below.

DIRECTORS OF ADMINISTRATION

CALIFORNIA----------------ALBERT PEREZ---------------------386-4465
LOS ANGELES---------------JAN TAYLOR-----------------------460-6112
CHICAGO-------------------RUTH MCCULLUM--------------------579-5102
COLORADO------------------MELISSA HENDERSON----------------480-6227
GULF----------------------MARY COUEY-----------------------847-3595
KANSAS--------------------JILL RASMUSSEN-------------------551-4426
MONTANA-------------------RAY INHOFER----------------------256-4012
NEBRASKA------------------GREG WRIGHT----------------------458-7596
NORTHWEST-----------------KEN IVERSON----------------------625-6275
POWDER RIVER--------------KATHY STRAIGHT-------------------685-7460
SOUTHWEST-----------------SCOTT MEYER----------------------864-4999
SPRINGFIELD---------------NEWTON BROWN---------------------829-2102
TEXAS---------------------ED POULSON-----------------------224-7003
TWIN CITIES---------------NED PERCIVAL---------------------782-3480

MANAGERS OF FIELD TRAINING

CALIFORNIA / LA-----------DAVE NELSON----------------------386-4119
CHICAGO-------------------GREG SIMS------------------------850-5633
COLORADO------------------NEAL PAYTON----------------------480-6295
GULF----------------------TBD------------------------------TBD
KANSAS--------------------GEORGE FERRIS--------------------319-3970
MONTANA-------------------MICHAEL CINI---------------------265-0225
NEBRASKA------------------DENNIS GENGLER-------------------458-7303
NORTHWEST-----------------RICHARD JANES--------------------536-2323
POWDER RIVER--------------DUSTY BELLEW---------------------865-5330
SOUTHWEST-----------------JOHN FOX-------------------------TBD
SPRINGFIELD---------------RON PERKINS----------------------319-2721
TEXAS---------------------WAYNE BERNHARDT------------------TBD
TWIN CITIES---------------DENNIS ROBERTS-------------------782-3309

MATERIALS TO REVIEW

U.S. HAZARDOUS MATERIALS INSTRUCTIONS FOR RAIL
  -Part II Required Documentation
  -Part III Inspection
  -Part IV Placards and Markings
  -Part V Switching
  -Part VI Train Placement
  -Train Placement Chart
  -Switching Chart
  -Glossary

SYSTEM SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS
Items: 3(D), 23, 43, 48, 49

GCOR            ABTH
1.4       100.8
1.6       100.10
1.10       100.11
1.33       100.14
5.4       100.15
5.6       100.19
5.9       100.20
6.4       101.2
6.5       101.6
6.6       102.12
6.27       102.13
6.28       102.15
6.32       103.3
9.1       104.14
9.4       103.7
9.8       104.6
9.9
9.10
9.12
9.16
9.17
10.3
13.1
14.3




APPROVED:
C R ICE
EXEC VICE PRESIDENT & COO
October 31, 2008
BNSF Railway Co.
COLORADO DIVISION

SYSTEM GENERAL NOTICE NO. 202

TO ALL CONCERNED,

SUBJECT: ~Best Way Line-Up - New TSSCREW Views Available
SUBDIVISION: All

Effective Wednesday, November 5, 2008 at 10:00 a.m., a portion of the Best Way Line-
Up Project will be available in TSSCREW.

This change will provide an additional "view" in TSSCREW. The view will combine
information previously determined from several areas into one screen; reducing the
amount of time / transactions TYE employees will need to determine projected on duty
times, train symbol and vacancy information. In addition, this new view will create a
foundation for future changes such as displaying future vacations and layoff / mark-up
information. Another feature of the new view is the ability to move directly from board /
pool to board / pool without backing out of the current screen.

The view change for the extra boards will show standing on the extra boards as well as
the projected on duty information on one line, instead of separating the data of employee
standing and vacancy projection. The view change for pool ID's will also increase the
amount of information in each screen, as well as focusing on rest times and will also
provide the ability to view a different working board without leaving the screen.

To access the views, go to the main menu (on log in) and select option 1 as you have in
the past. This will take you to the new "view" screen. One note: You will still have the
ability to view screens in the same manner you have previously by indicating the alpha
"O" option next to the board.

A detailed PowerPoint presentation on use of the new views is available on the Labor
Relations website, on the BNSF intranet. When on the Labor Relations page, go to the
bottom of the navigation bar on the left-hand side of the screen. Roll to the bottom and
click on the link Crew Initiatives. That will take you to the Crew Initiative page. From
there, click on the link Best Way Line-Up - Detailed Instructions - October 24, 2008.

In addition, a Help Desk has been established beginning Wednesday, November 5, 2008,
for your questions regarding these changes. When you have questions, please call
company line (785) 676-2828, between the hours of 8:00 a.m. and 4:00 p.m. Central
Time, Monday through Friday. During these hours, a Help Team will be in place to
answer your questions. Outside of these hours, please leave a voice mail with your
questions and a representative will get back to you as soon as possible.

This change is one of several for the Best Way Line-Up Initiative that will be
implemented over the next several months. This change is necessary to set up the next
software implementation, which will project pre-approved layoffs and mark-ups - which
are not projected in the current system, thereby improving estimated on duty information.




APPROVED:
C R ICE
EXEC VICE PRESIDENT & COO
October 03, 2008
BNSF Railway Co.
COLORADO DIVISION

SYSTEM GENERAL NOTICE NO. 194

TO ALL CONCERNED,

SUBJECT: ~Broadcast Messaging for TYE Employees in TSSCREW
SUBDIVISION: All

Effective Monday, October 6, 2008 a new software package "Broadcast Messaging" will
be activated in TSSCREW.

This will provide Operating Centers and Divisions the ability to directly communicate
information related to Safety, Service Interruptions / Operating Issues, Pay / Agreements,
etc., directly to TYE Employees on Login to the TSSCREW System.

Broadcast Messages that are active for your terminal will appear immediately after
logon. After reviewing the message(s), you may press the enter key to move on to any
subsequent messages, or you may press the Pf3 button to move directly to the main menu
and by-pass any subsequent message(s).

In addition, you will have the ability to review "old" messages for 30 days. This can be
done by selecting option 29 from the main menu. This will present any message that is
inactive. You may position the cursor on an inactive message, or enter the screen value
to select and review.

A PowerPoint presentation can be viewed on the Intranet at the Labor Relations Webpage
by selecting the crew option at the bottom of the navigation bar on the left hand side of
the screen. You can access this Webpage by going to www.bnsf.com and signing in as
an employee.

Any questions regarding this change can be addressed by calling your respective Division
Crew Manager in the Crew Support Center.



APPROVED:
C R ICE
EXEC VICE PRESIDENT & COO
April 28, 2008
BNSF Railway Co.
COLORADO DIVISION

GENERAL NOTICE NO. 167

TO ALL CONCERNED,

SUBJECT: ~LAYOFF CODES FOR MILITARY SERVICE - TY&E EMPLOYEES
SUBDIVISION: ALL

All TY&E Employees,

Effective April 28, 2008, there will be two distinct lay off codes which apply to military
service. It is important that you use the appropriate lay off code to distinguish between
these two types of military service, as these codes ultimately drive benefit and pay
eligibility.

Code Purpose
---- -------
NGD This code should be used only for National Guard, Drill, Training or State
Emergencies.

Note: NGD leaves greater than 10 days should be covered by a leave of absence. Please
contact your supervisor or Director Administration to complete this process. A copy of
orders indicating dates associated with military duty and completion of authorized Leave
of Absence form is required.

MLV This code should be used for employees called for duty for the Global War on
Terror (Operation Iraqi Freedom, Operation Noble Eagle and Operation Enduring
Freedom).

Employees activated for the Global War on Terror are encouraged to contact BNSF's
Military Leave Administrator to (1) determine if you qualify for make-whole pay while
in military service and (2) to advise BNSF of your decision to retain or suspend health &
welfare benefit coverage while on leave.

Employees who wish to retain coverage under the BNSF program while on leave will
continue to pay the monthly contribution. Contribution will be taken out of any make
whole payments you receive from BNSF while on leave; otherwise, you would be
required to catch up these contributions upon your return.

BNSF's Military Leave Administrator can be reached at 817-352-1378.
       W J THOMPSON
       GENERAL MANAGER
APPROVED:
G C FOX
VP TRANSPORTATION
March 20, 2008
BNSF Railway Co.
COLORADO DIVISION

GENERAL NOTICE NO. 159

TO ALL CONCERNED,

SUBJECT: ~General Notice Cancellations

The following Colorado Division Notices are cancelled:

8, 84, 109, 110, 117, 146




       W J THOMPSON
       GENERAL MANAGER
APPROVED:
G C FOX
VP TRANSPORTATION
BNSF Railway Co.
COLORADO DIVISION

GENERAL NOTICE NO. 157

TO ALL CONCERNED,

SUBJECT: ~Crew System
SUBDIVISION: All

Automation is now available in the TSSCREW system that will allow and require TY&E
employees to perform certain tasks through the use of automation. As defined below, the
use of automation will be required for the following transactions formerly handled
manually in the Topeka Crew Support Center.

For areas where automation is not available to electronically handle transactions, the
Administration Team in the Topeka Crew Center is available to assist with completing
certain transactions. However, where technology is available, the Specialists on duty will
require all TY&E employees to use either the Voice Response Unit (VRU) or the
TSSCREW system, which can be accessed through the Internet.

All conversations with the Topeka Crew Center are recorded. TY&E Employee's use of
company provided telephone lines and equipment constitutes consent to recording.

If difficulties are encountered with telephone or information systems, there is now a
prompt from the VRU voice menu that will transfer you to the TSOC Help Desk.

TY&E Employees have the ability to print Crew Forms (Form 830). This is
accomplished through the TYE Display Status Screen Option 12. If you need to know
the symbol you are called for, the information can be obtained by selecting Option 7
(Last Train Called) or Option 2 (Employee Inquiry).

Also, TYE Employees have the ability to enter a name in the TSSCREW System. The
name entered can be a nickname, but it must comply with Human Resource HR - 90.2,
Workplace Harassment Policy. BNSF does not tolerate verbal or physical conduct by
any employee which harasses, disrupts, or interferes with another's work performance or
which creates an intimidating, offensive, or hostile work environment. If you need
assistance understanding the policy, please contact your immediate Supervisor.

The transactions that require automated handling by TY&E employees are discussed in
the following:

Automated Outbound Calling (AOC)
Automated Outbound Calling for through-freight is in place across the entire BNSF
System. In addition, it is available in most locations for yard, local and roadswitcher
service. At locations where AOC is not in effect, a Specialist will manually call TY&E
employees.

Additionally, Voice Recognition is operational. Details on the use of voice recognition,
as well as ways to disable voice recognition are available on the web. Log on as an
employee at www.bnsf.com. After accessing the Intranet, go to
bnsfweb.bnsf.com/depts/lr/compensation.

Please follow these steps to successfully accept your call through the AOC system:

When you receive an on-duty call from the VRU, you will hear the following message
and menu:
1. "This is BNSF Crew Management attempting to contact JD Doe for an on-duty call. If
this is JD Doe, Press 1."
2. "If you are authorized to accept on-duty calls for JD Doe, Press 2."
3. "If you would like us to wait while JD Doe comes to the phone, Press 3."
4. "If JD Doe is unavailable, Press 4."
5. "If we have reached this number in error, Press 5."
6. "To replay this menu, Press 6."

Before the call information is voiced, you will be required to enter your password. This
is the same password with which you logon to TSS. The VRU will then voice the
assignment for which you are being called, voicing the job number, craft, on duty time,
on duty date and location.

Example: "We have the following on-duty call information:
101, Yard Foreman, on duty at 7 AM on December 16 at Alliance."

After hearing the call information, you will have three options:

1. To ACCEPT the on-duty call, Press 1.
Using this option will immediately notify the crew technician that you have taken your
call.
2. To HEAR the on-duty call again, Press 2.
3. To REJECT the on-duty call and transfer to a crew technician, Press 3.

If this option selected, you will be placed in queue for the Specialist that initiated the call
to duty.

After you have accepted the call, 5 options will be available as follows:

1.   To hear the on-duty call, again, Press 1
2.   To hear other crew members, Press 2
3.   To hear train details, Press 3
4.   For final train destination, Press 4
5.   To end call, Press 5

In addition, you can again receive your on-duty information by re-accessing the VRU
prior to on-duty time.

IMPORTANT NOTES

1. The VRU will call each of your telephone numbers on file. No missed calls will be
shown by the computer; the crew caller will again manually attempt all phone numbers
before an employee is shown as unavailable.

2. The auto-calling system will be able to set off any pager and will leave a message on
any cell phone, voice mail or home answering machine. However, some pagers and
phones with call blockers must have parameters adjusted for the automation to work in
some instances. You should notify the crew office any time you do not receive calls in
the proper order with AOC.

3. If you are unable to enter your pin when called by AOC the IVR thinks it is talking to
an answering machine. To let it know you are on the line press the "1" key twice which
will reset the script and allow your PIN. This happens with cell phones that play music
rather than ring as well as in other instances.

4. If it is necessary to return a page, your on-duty call information will be voiced when
you call in to the VRU and you will have the options described above. If you accept your
call via the VRU, it will not be necessary to talk to the crew caller.

5. If you are not qualified on the territory where you are called and require a pilot you
must use option 3 and transfer to the crew technician so pilot service can be provided.

6. Should you have any questions regarding the automated calling system,
please call your Division Crew Manager.

TSS TIE-UP INSTRUCTIONS

End of Trip / Hours of Service Requirements

All train, yard and engine employees are required to tie-up on completion of each trip or
shift worked in the TSSCREW / Paperless Timekeeping System. The task of electronic
tie up is a FRA requirement, and failure to tie up could result in employees being subject
to fine.

The mandatory function of inputting an individual's off-duty time into the TSS computer
system will be the last duty performed before leaving a terminal forhome or the away-
from-home lodging facility. The Crew Center will no longer accept tie ups via recorder
or agent unless TSSCREW is not available for use.
All tie-ups must be accomplished through TSS. In the event the system is down or there
is an equipment failure, or you are tying up at a point where there is no TSS access, tie-up
must be accomplished through the tie-up recorder line accessed via the VRU. To
determine the proper option for VRU tie up, listen to the selections on the menu and
make the appropriate selection and follow the prompts.

Automated Transaction Handling

The following transactions have been automated in TSSCREW. It is the responsibility
and requirement of TY&E employees to handle the following transactions electronically,
without the assistance of a Specialist in the Crew Support Center. With the listed
transactions is the initial menu selection in the TSSCREW system. These transactions
can also be performed through the VRU system.

Information Calls to the Crew Support Center
Where automation is available, there should be no calls from TY&E employees to the
Crew Support Center in Topeka, KS. Informational questions that are supported by
automation should be answered by accessing either TSSCREW or the VRU system.
TY&E employees needing to talk to a Crew Specialist should only access them through
the VRU system. TY&E employees are not authorized to use desk "hotline" numbers
that go to specific outbound calling desks. Telephone numbers starting with (785) 676-
63xx should not be dialed by TY&E employees, as these numbers are reserved for train
handling supervisors. Crew Center personnel have been instructed to transfer any
unauthorized person calling hotline numbers to the VRU.

All inbound calls to the Topeka Crew Support Center will be routed to the Administrative
Center. Only calls that require Outbound Specialist assistance will be transferred. These
should be limited to board positioning and exception handling. All other calls will be
handled by the Administrative Specialist, unless automation is available to handle the
transaction. Where automation is available, TY&E employees should utilize the TSS
system or the VRU to determine needed information.

Personal Telephone Maintenance (CCTM Option 24)

This software allows for the management of personal phone numbers, which drive the
Automated Outbound Calling (AOC), as well as the automatic notification process.
Temporary telephone numbers can also be entered through VRU access.

It is the responsibility of TY&E employees to keep valid and working numbers on file at
all times. Failure to have valid and working numbers on file at all times is a violation of
this notice and General Code of Operating Rules - Rule 1.3 - Reporting and Complying
with Instructions.

Vacation Request Entry (CCTM Option 4)
This software allows for entry of yearly vacation requests by TY&E employees.

Lodging Room Maintenance (CCTM Option 24)

This software allows for entry of the motel rooms at lodging facilities that does not have
an attendant. Room numbers may also be entered through the VRU. Account AOC
performing the calling function at Away-from-home terminals, failure to properly
populate the room field at required locations may result in a missed call.

Bid Entry (CCTM Option 18 or 22)

This software allows for the electronic entry of all types of bids, whether for posted and
bulletined positions as well as standing bid, permanent bid, etc.

Work/Rest (CCTM Option 26)

This software allows TY&E employees to manage rest cycles where appropriate. VRU
access is also available for the next rest cycle only. When rest cycles are adjusted due to
board or pool changes, you must again access this software to manage your rest cycle
even when placed back to the same job. Previous selections will not be carried over
when rest cycle days change.

Claiming Vacation Days and Personal Leave Days while on Rest Cycle

Vacation Days

To request payment for vacation days, an Administrative Center Specialist should be
contacted and advised that you are on rest cycle days and wish to claim a vacation day
(s). You may claim either 1, 2 or 3 days, based on the number of days specified by your
agreement that you are actually observing. Notification to the Administrative Team will
provide proper payment on the pay period claimed.

Claiming Vacation Days and Personal Leave Days while on Rest Cycle

Vacation Days

To request payment for vacation days, an Administrative Center Specialist should be
contacted and advised that you are on rest cycle days and wish to claim a vacation day
(s). You may claim either 1, 2 or 3 days, based on the number of days specified by your
agreement that you are actually observing. Please note that some agreements do not allow
for the claiming of non-observed personal leave days except in the instance of claiming
during a rest cycle. Do not generate an immediate or future layoff request, as employees
on rest cycle are already in layoff status. Generating a layoff request while on rest cycle
will void your scheduled rest days and default to a regular PLD layoff.

Any questions regarding compensations should be directed to the appropriate
Compensation Systems personnel.

Advance/Immediate Layoff Requests (CCTM Option 21)

This software allows TY&E employee to enter requests for pre-approved layoffs, up to
90 days in advance.

Once an advance request has been entered and approved, the approved days may be
modified backward from the ending date, as long as the modification does not fall outside
the original request. For example, if 3 days are approved (PLD/LOP), these can be
reduced to 2 days by modifying the request and eliminating the 3rd day, even after the
layoff has occurred.

The start date cannot be modified electronically. If you desire to reduce the number of
days by delaying the start date of an advance request, you must purge your request and
re-enter it with the start date you desire. This modification can not be used to extend
your layoff request beyond the end date of the original request.

Pre-approved layoffs may not start less than 24 hours from the current date and time. All
immediate layoffs must be entered and started at the current time.

This software is designed to make layoff and mark up decisions based on availability
percentages, as well as supply and demand information designated by the Division. If
desired, certain types of layoffs may be routed to an on-duty Supervisor in the field for
handling.

Layoffs that are other than an emergency should always be handled electronically or
through the Field Supervisor, and never require the assistance of a Specialist.

In the event of difficulty with layoff or mark-up transactions, the Administration Team is
available to assist. The agent will only be able to assist after an attempt to use the
software has been made. The Outbound Crew Specialist (Crew Caller) will no longer
have access to handle layoffs and markups made by TY&E employees.

The handling of TYE layoffs and mark ups is the responsibility of TY&E employees to
handle either electronically through TSSCREW or through the Voice Response Unit
(VRU).

Layoff transactions have not been completed until the VRU responds with the voice
message "Your request has been processed successfully."

Displacements (CCTM Option 6)

This software allows TY&E employees to handle temporary and permanent
displacements, as well as provides a method of movement for trainees within the
TSSCREW System.
The software will only work for you if you have a valid displacement, have accepted
notification, are not in a lay off status and are not on duty. An Administrative Specialist
must manually process displacement transactions where agreements require the
displacement to occur while the employee is on duty.

This software is designed to make seniority decisions based on the seniority roster of the
job, incumbent and/or the position. Many different rosters govern positions protected by
TY&E employees, only one of which an individual must possess to occupy.

Displacements via the TSSCREW system is made simpler by utilizing the PF4 and PF10
keys from the displacement screen. These screens provide the positions and jobs eligible
based on agreement and seniority. Place the cursor on the desired job or position, and
then press enter. The system will automatically fill out the displacement screen.

When manually filling out the displacement screen, you need to enter the station, board,
and occupation when displacing to an extra board. When bumping to a pool, yard job or
local you only need the job and occupation code. Attempts to fill in every field will
result in an error message.

In the event of difficulty with displacement transactions, the Administration Team is
available to assist. The agent will only be able to assist after an attempt to use the
software has been made. Agreement allowed displacements that are prevented by the
system require your contact with the Administrative Team to complete the transaction.
The Outbound Crew Specialist (Crew Caller) will no longer have access to
displacements. The handling of TY&E displacements, both temporary and permanent, is
the responsibility of TY&E employees to handle either electronically through TSS or
through the Voice Response Unit (VRU).

When displacing or being assigned to a territory where you are not familiar, you must
contact a local supervisor to determine the training requirements before marking up.

Displacement transactions have not been completed until the VRU responds with the
voice message "Your bump was processed successfully."

TY&E employees who are in training (after the fifth week of training), or are
familiarizing, are required to place themselves in TSSCREW in order to be called. In the
TYE Display Status Screen, select Option 6 and then Option 2. Elect to make a
"Temporary" bump and enter the appropriate information in the column "Bumping A Job
Only." This must be accomplished prior to calling time for the position where you are
training.

Upon completion of the tour of duty, the trainee can remove themselves from the
temporary by using the same screen and selecting the "Clear Temporary Assignment"
option.
Booking Rest (CCTM Option 15)

Employees desiring to book additional rest, must enter the request electronically when
tying up. After tie-up, no requests will be granted, and rest booked electronically cannot
be added or changed by the person booking the rest request.

Crew Calling Information

All telephone access to the Crew Support Center in Topeka, Kansas must be routed
through the Voice Recognition Unit (VRU). TY&E employees should never direct dial
to a hotline or must-answer line in the Center, as Specialists are instructed to not conduct
crew-calling business on these lines keeping them open for other business.

Accessing the VRU:

From Home or Hotel Call Local access number (or) (800) 793-4018 (if no local access)
(or) 785-676-CREW
BNSF company phone   8-676-CREW (2739)

VRU Options:

VRU Options vary from station to station. To determine which menu selection is correct
for you, listen to all choices prior to making your decision.

To transfer to a Crew Technician or to their Timekeeping Specialist press "0" or say
agent" from the VRU main menu. Listen to the subsequent Menu options for transfer.
Options will vary by employee location and/or board status and may include; Regular
Working Tickets, Penalty Claims, Guarantee/Make Whole, Vacation and Student Pay.

Page Returns or Priority calls:

Your pager will display a call-back number of 785-676-2739 or 800-793-4018. Respond
by calling your local access or the above VRU numbers and follow the prompt to return a
page or priority call. This method will place you in priority queue to be answered by the
first available agent. Failure to select this option may delay your call from being
handled.

Definitions of Responsibilities for Specialists in the Topeka Crew Center

The Topeka Crew Center has been separated into two groups that handle outbound and
inbound transactions.

Outbound Specialists

Outbound Specialists oversee the automated calling function and handle any exceptions,
such as calls for duty not completing electronically and the manual calling of TY&E
employees at locations not managed by AOC. The menu selection to talk to the
Outbound Specialist has been eliminated except in the case of a pager return or priority
call.

Inbound Specialists

Inbound Specialists work in the Administrative Group and oversee automated personnel
management functions in the Crew Center. They are responsible for every transaction
not handled by the Outbound Specialist, as well as helping TY&E employees utilize the
available technology to complete electronic transactions. Inbound Specialists should be
contacted when technology will not perform a transaction that TY&E employees are
initiating.




       W J THOMPSON
       GENERAL MANAGER
APPROVED:
G C FOX
VP TRANSPORTATION
February 07, 2008
BNSF Railway Co.
COLORADO DIVISION

GENERAL NOTICE NO. 150

TO ALL CONCERNED,

SUBJECT: ~Boise City Subdivision Instructions

=======================
Colorado Division General Notice No. 141 is cancelled and reissued with additional
information at LaJunta and General Instructions added - all marked by **
=======================

ADD the following:

Boise City Subdivision Locomotive Watering Locations

LaJunta (MP 554.8)
Springfield (MP 173.1)
Boise City (MP 122.6)
Dumas (MP 52.0)

Prior to departing on duty station, all employees called to work on either double track
ABS or non-signaled territory that have not made a trip on these territories in the past
thirty (30) days are required to listen to the recorded 'Position of Switch' briefing on
company line 8-480-7979.

The Broken Rail Detector has been relocated from MP 130.8 to MP 130.4

Train crews being relieved at MP 13.6 must stop north of the underpass

ADD the following:

At Boise City

CVR Railroad Interchange - CVR Industrial Spur Track 5901 is located at MP 121.3

Trains delivered to the CVR Railroad at Boise City will be delivered as follows:

Shove train in the CVR Industrial Spur, remove ETD and take light power to Etter,
Texas.
Do not block crossings north of the underpass on the CVR Industrial Spur

Conductor must report Train arrival through the VTR for Track 5901


ADD the following:

At Etter
--------

TXNW Railroad Interchange - south leg of wye is located at MP 63.4

Trains delivered to the TXNW Railroad will be delivered as follows:

 Contact TXNW Railroad prior to delivery for inbound track. Shove train in south leg of
the wye.

Conductor must report train arrival through the VTR for Track 3631

TXNW main office       806-935-7474
TXNW GM office          806-935-9028
TXNW GM Cell            806-930-7963


VTR Reporting Instructions for Interchange trains at Etter

Use VTR to report interchange trains to TXNW. When prompted for “type of work?"
press '6' on your keypad. (VTR Quick Reference Guide, Using the Keypad)

If unable to report train arrival via VTR, notify field support support at 800-549-4601
option #8, of train interchange to Track #3631.

ADD the following:
-----------------

Amarillo Harrington Plant - (AMH)

Asarco Spur is located at MP 2.4
Trains delivered to AMH will be delivered as follows:

Contact Amarillo North Yard Yardmaster for specific instructions. Shove train in the
Asarco Spur. Conductor will ride point of DP power to spot train at the plant. AMH
Plant is approximately 7 miles - contact the plant for access once clear of the BNSF main
line. Amarillo North Yard Yardmaster Desk - 806-379-3391. Yardmaster also monitors
Channel 25.
Train arrival will be the time the leading wheels of the DP motor pass the switch off the
Asarco Spur (approximately MP 4) onto the Harrington Loop Track.

Leave at least one copy of the train list on the conductor desk.

Spot the lead engine at the fuel shed.

The inbound crew delivering the train will report Train Arrival and Train Spot using VTR
once the train is spotted.

The outbound crew will report Train Departure when the leading wheels pass the switch
off the Harrington Loop Track onto the Asarco Spur (approximately MP 4).

BAD ORDERS SHOULD BE REPORTED USING THE VTR AND BY
NOTIFICATION OF THE MECHANICAL DESK. THE MECHANICAL DESK CAN
BE CONTACTED USING THE VTR BY STAYING ONLINE AFTER REPORTING
THE BAD ORDER AND RESPONDING "NO" WHEN ASKED "HAVE YOU
NOTIFIED THE MECHANICAL DESK".

** At LaJunta

ADD the following:

** Manifest trains departing LaJunta must not leave less than 1.5 HPT conventional.

Do not exceed 10 MPH through all main and yard crossovers at LaJunta

Trains must have authority from the Dispatcher or Trainmaster before setting cars out to
Track 177, Track 179 and / or Track 181.

Crew change location for southward trains at LaJunta is the end of the platform 300 feet
south of the Depot. A sign reading "Spot Here For Crew Change" has been placed on the
west side of Main Track 1 identifying this location. Trains must not be stopped short of
this location to ensure that Haberman's crossing is cleared.

All inbound train crews at LaJunta will need authorization to exceed switching limits at
LaJunta located at MP 552.15 on the Boise City Subdivision for RO claim payment.
Authorization must be given by Chief Dispatcher, Asst. Chief Dispatcher or Trainmaster.
The Asst. Chief Dispatcher should be the first point of contact followed by the Chief
Dispatcher and Trainmaster.

Spot one sign at MP 552.3 has been placed in advance of switching limits located at MP
552.15. A spot two sign has been placed at MP 553.6. The purpose of spot one and spot
two signs designate clearance points for two trains between Shamrock crossovers and
south switching limits at LaJunta.
Asst. Chief Dispatcher 817-234-1668 Mon. thru Fri. days
Chief Dispatcher            817-234-7361
Trainmaster                719-469-0164
---------------------------

** ADD the following:

** General Instructions:

** Upon reporting for duty, each crew member will be responsible for determining track
number where train will be located. If train has arrived or is ready for departure, crews
will depart yard office for their train within 15 minutes. If delayed for any reason, such
as waiting for train list or track warrants, the conductor is the only crew member who is
required to wait at the on-duty point for the necessary paperwork.

** Outbound crews must contact dispatcher when the crew has physically occupied the
train with their on train time. Crews must be on their train 30 minutes from their on duty
time.
---------------------------

Outbound train crews at LaJunta will make contact with the Asst. Chief Dispatcher or
Chief Dispatcher within 15 minutes of on duty time to report any problems with GTB's,
Train list, location of train, or van problems for prompt resolution. The dispatcher will be
contacted and given ALL train delays for any train departure that exceeds one hour. If
unable to contact the dispatcher for train delays, a voicemail must be left for the
Trainmaster at 719-384-3702.
---------------------------

Road crossings located at MP 555.3, MP 556.2 and MP 557.4 should not be blocked in
excess of ten minutes without cutting crossing.
---------------------------

All TY&E crews must contact dispatcher or appropriate local supervision for
authorization prior to performing any activity that would constitute a penalty claim
payment. In addition to all other pertinent information required concerning the penalty
claim, the employee must show the authorizing supervisors name on their claim ticket. In
an effort to expedite the payment of penalty claims, you are required to properly
document claim. Failure to do so will result in non-payment of claims.

       W J THOMPSON
       GENERAL MANAGER
APPROVED:
G C FOX
VP TRANSPORTATION
January 31, 2008
BNSF Railway Co.
COLORADO DIVISION

GENERAL NOTICE NO. 147

TO ALL CONCERNED,

SUBJECT: ~Safety and Rules Instructions

=====================
Colorado Division General Notice No. 4 is cancelled and reissued with the Winter
Footwear Requirements information deleted. This information is contained on General
Notice No. 120
=======================

ALL SUBDIVISIONS
----------------

TO ALL OPERATIONS EMPLOYEES:

 AT BNSF WE BELIEVE THAT ALL EMPLOYEES DESERVE TO BE TREATED
WITH DIGNITY AND RESPECT. THERE IS NO ROOM AT BNSF FOR
INTIMIDATION, DISCRIMINATION, OR HARASSMENT. WE BELIEVE ANY
SUCH BEHAVIOR MUST BE ADDRESSED IMMEDIATELY IF WE ARE TO
MAINTAIN A CLIMATE IN WHICH EVERY BNSF EMPLOYEE CAN REACH HIS
OR HER FULL POTENTIAL.

 YOU HAVE PREVIOUSLY RECEIVED A COPY OF SAFETY RULE S-26.8
CONCERNING COMPLETE AND ACCURATE REPORTING OF ALL ACCIDENTS,
INCIDENTS, INJURIES AND OCCUPATIONAL ILLNESSES ARISING FROM
OPERATION OF THE RAILROAD. THIS RULE MAKES IT CLEAR THAT
HARASSMENT OR INTIMIDATION OF ANY PERSON THAT IS CALCULATED
TO DISCOURAGE OR PREVENT SUCH PERSON FROM RECEIVING PROPER
MEDICAL TREATMENT OR FROM REPORTING AN ACCIDENT, INCIDENT,
INJURY OR ILLNESS WILL NOT BE TOLERATED. I WANT TO CONFIRM THAT
THIS IS THE POLICY OF BNSF AND EMPLOYEES OR SUPERVISORS WHO
VIOLATE THIS RULE WILL BE SUBJECT TO CORRECTIVE ACTION.

 TO ENSURE THIS POLICY IS ADHERED TO AND ENFORCED, THE COMPANY
IS EXPANDING THE EMPLOYEE RELATIONS INTERNAL COMPLAINT
PROCEDURE TO APPLY TO ANY PERCEIVED VIOLATION OF THE
AFOREMENTIONED PROHIBITIONS ON HARASSMENT AND INTIMIDATION.
 THE USE OF THIS PROCEDURE IS VOLUNTARY AND EMPLOYEES ARE NOT
DISCOURAGE FROM FILING A COMPLAINT WITH AN EXTERNAL
GOVERNMENT AGENCY.

 WHEN THE INTERNAL PROCEDURES ARE USED FOR COMPLAINTS OF
HARASSMENT OR INTIMIDATION RELATED TO INJURY/ACCIDENT
REPORTING, UNION REPRESENTATIVES WILL BE PRESENT WITH THE
EMPLOYEE IF THE EMPLOYEE SO DESIRES.

 WHILE THE COMPANY INTENDS TO APPLY THIS PROCEDURE TO THESE
TYPES OF DISPUTES FOR THE FORESEEABLE FUTURE, THE COMPANY
RESERVES THE RIGHT TO AMEND THIS POLICY AS REQUIRED BY
GOVERNMENT REGULATIONS OR BUSINESS NECESSITY.

 SPEED LIMITS FOR COMPANY VEHICLES

  SPEED LIMITS FOR COMPANY VEHICLES OPERATING ON UNPAVED ROADS
IS LIMITED TO 45 MPH.
--------------------

BNSF EMPLOYEE HOTLINE

  BNSF is committed to our Vision and Values, and that includes "doing the right thing
safely and efficiently." To do this, employees must feel free to report any concerns they
have about a variety of issues, including fraud, safety, harassment, discrimination or
theft.
Employees are encouraged to talk to their supervisor, Human Resources (HR)
representative or local management about any such concerns. But if they don't feel the
issue is being resolved satisfactorily or they are not comfortable discussing the issue
through the normal resolution process, they may call BNSF's Employee Hotline at 1-800-
241-5689. The Hotline is answered by a person around-the-clock, 365 days a year, by an
outside agency called the Network.

 All concerns reported to the Hotline are provided to BNSF's Corporate Audit Services
group who then distributes them to the appropriate person/ department for resolution.
Corporate Audit is charged with ensuring that all issues are addressed promptly and
effectively.

 Issues which are appropriate for the Hotline include safety violations, expense account
abuse, credit card fraud, vendor fraud, misuse of company assets, sexual harassment,
intimidation, substance abuse and theft. Issues or complaints about company policies or
union agreements generally should be addressed with local management, your HR
representative, union representative or Labor Relations.

 When you make the call, the representative will assign a reference number for your
concern. When you call back to hear the response, you will need to provide this
reference number. Callers may remain anonymous, although it is recommended that a
name and number be provided if the person wants direct feedback. Otherwise, the
answer will be provided on the Hotline.
--------------------------

 ADDITIONAL EYE PROTECTION

 SAFETY GOGGLES ARE AVAILABLE TO ALL TRAIN, ENGINE AND YARD
EMPLOYEES AND SHOULD BE WORN OVER PRESCRIPTION EYEWEAR OR
SAFETY GLASSES DURING WIND OR OTHER CONDITIONS THAT MAY
INCREASE POTENTIAL FOR EYE INJURY. EACH EMPLOYEE IS EMPOWERED
TO DETERMINE WHEN ADDITIONAL EYE PROTECTION WILL BE REQUIRED
AND INSURE THAT ALL PRECAUTIONS ARE TAKEN TO PREVENT EYE
INJURY. GOGGLES MAY BE OBTAINED FROM SUPERVISORS AT ON DUTY
LOCATIONS.

  EYEWEAR EQUIPPED WITH OR WITHOUT SIDESHIELDS WILL NOT AFFORD
EMPLOYEES ADEQUATE PROTECTION FORM AIRBORNE PARTICULATES
AGITATED BY WIND, BALLAST DUMPING, GRAIN ELEVATOR OPERATIONS,
ETC.
------------------------

 NEAR COLLISION PROGRAM

 When an incident occurs, employees must make a report by one of the following
methods:


  PRE-ADDRESSED/POSTAGE PAID POST CARD (FORM SAF 51680)
  - FILL IN AS MUCH INFORMATION AS POSSIBLE
  - FILL IN NAME AND ADDRESS IF RESPONSE IS DESIRED
  - PLACE IN MAIL

  CALL 1-800-697-6736
  - ACCIDENT / INCIDENT REPORTING CENTER
  - MONDAY-FRIDAY 6 AM TO MIDNIGHT
  - SATURDAY-SUNDAY 6 AM TO 2:30 PM
  - VOICE MAIL ALL OTHER TIMES
    - PROVIDE AS MUCH IFNORMATION AS POSSIBLE
    - PROVIDE NAME AND ADDRESS IF RESPONSE IS DESIRED

 EMERGENCIES MUST NOT BE REPORTED ON THE ACCIDENT / INCIDENT
REPORTING CENTER NUMBER. EMERGENCIES MUST BE REPORTED AS
FOLLOWS:

  RADIO/TELEPHONE CONTACT WITH TRAIN DISPATCHER
   RADIO/TELEPHONE/VERBAL CONTACT WITH LOCAL BNSF RESOURCE
POTECTION
    PERSONNEL OR TO THE RESOURCE PROTECTION COMMAND CENTER AT:
    - COMPANY LINE 8-832-5452
    - BELL SYSTEM 1-800-832-5452
---------------------------

RELEASING HAND BRAKES

 CREW MEMBERS MUST USE THE FOLLOWING PROCEDURE WHEN HAVING
DIFFICULTY RELEASING HORIZONTAL (STAFF) HAND BRAKES:

 - COUPLE AIR BRAKE HOSES BETWEEN LOCOMOTIVE AND CAR(S) WITH
HORIZONTAL (STAFF) HAND BRAKES
 - CUT IN AIR AND CHARGE TRAIN BRAKE SYSTEM
 - MAKE A 20 PSI BRAKE PIPE REDUCTION
 - ATTEMPT TO RELEASE HORIZONTAL (STAFF) HAND BRAKE WITH
AUTOMATIC AIR BRAKE APPLIED

 NOTE: USE CAUTION AND PREVENT PERSONAL INJURY WHEN
ATTEMPTING TO RELEASE

 HORIZONTAL (STAFF) HAND BRAKE. REFER TO SAFETY RULES 13.6.3 (D)
AND 13.6.4 IN YOUR SAFETY RULES AND GENERAL RESPONSIBILITIES FOR
ALL EMPLOYEES BEFORE OPERATING HORIZONTAL (STAFF) HAND
BRAKES.

 IF HORIZONTAL (STAFF) HAND BRAKE WILL NOT RELEASE AFTER
FOLLOWING THE ABOVE PROCEDURE, NOTIFY THE YARDMASTER. DO
NOT CONTINUE TO ATTEMPT TO RELEASETHIS TYPE OF HAND BRAKE
WITHOUT ASSISTANCE FROM A MECHANICAL DEPARTMENT EMPLOYEE.




      W J THOMPSON
      GENERAL MANAGER
APPROVED:
G C FOX
VP TRANSPORTATION
December 28, 2007
BNSF Railway Co.
COLORADO DIVISION

GENERAL NOTICE NO. 140

TO ALL CONCERNED,

SUBJECT: ~Tunnel Escape Respirator Information

To All TY&E Employees:

All TY&E employees working through the Moffat Tunnel between Denver and
Kremmling MUST be trained and certified in the use of a TUNNEL ESCAPE
RESPIRATOR.

In the event you are not certified on the "self-contained breathing apparatus" (SCBA)
contact Bob Yenter at 720-971-3117 when you are called for duty and Mr. Yenter will
make arrangements to meet you when you report for duty to train you on the initial
certification.

Respirator certification is good for one year and recertification should be arranged thirty
(30) days prior to the date your certification expires.




       W J THOMPSON
       GENERAL MANAGER
APPROVED:
G C FOX
VP TRANSPORTATION
December 12, 2007
BNSF Railway Co.
COLORADO DIVISION

GENERAL NOTICE NO. 134

TO ALL CONCERNED,

SUBJECT: ~LOCOMOTIVE ENGINEER TRAINING PROGRAM - CLASS 2008-
04(C) DENVER, COLORADO

TO: Trainmen/Yardmen -

Written applications will be received to fill five (5) positions in Burlington Northern
Santa Fe Railway's Locomotive Engineer Training Program: Class 2008-04(C).

These positions will be assigned at Denver, Colorado.

Nebraska District EN08 - maximum five (5) positions

Potential candidates should be aware that there is a new "Primary Recall Agreement" for
LETP. All LETP classes are subject to recall within three (3) years to their home
location. Denver, Colorado will be the Primary Recall Location for these five (5)
positions. All OJT will take place in Denver, Colorado.

Candidates will be selected in accordance with applicable labor agreements and the
Carrier's legal obligations.

While engaged in the program, employees selected to participate in locomotive engineer
training will be compensated according to the provisions of the UTU National Agreement
dated 19 July 1972, (Manning and Training), as amended by UTU National Agreement
dated 15 August 1978. The current daily rate of pay for an engineer trainee is $146.772.
Trainmen hired subsequent to November 1, 1985 will be governed by the 1985 National
Agreement which stipulates withdrawal from the program and/or failure to successfully
complete the program will result in forfeiture of all trainmen seniority.

Please note that the first three (3) weeks will be formal training in Overland Park,
Kansas. Any questions should be directed to Charlie Wiseman Road Foreman of Engines
at 303-480-6222 (office) or 303-810-5477 (cell).

If you are not selected for this class and want to be considered for a later class, you must
submit a separate bid each time a class is bulletined. Once received, bids will not be
disallowed or cancelled.
All bids must contain the following information.
  1. Name
  2. Employee No.
  3. Trainman seniority date
  4. Roster number
  5. Mailing address
  6. Telephone No.
  7. Work Location
  8. Preference to fly or drive personal auto to Overland Park

Bids for Class 2008-04C should be forwarded to:

  Charlie Wiseman - Road Foreman of Engines
  BNSF Railway Company
  3700 Globeville Road
  Denver, CO 80216

Written applications will be US Mail postmarked no later than 2359 hours on January 7,
2008. No faxes, emails or hand delivered bids will be accepted. Certified mail is
recommended.

Training will begin on January 28, 2008 in Overland Park, Kansas with weeks 1-3 formal
training at the Technical Training Center, weeks 4-18 on the job training in Denver,
Colorado, weeks 19-20 return to Overland Park, Kansas for written exam and simulator
evaluation.

Specify on your application your preference to fly to Overland Park or drive your
personal vehicle (reimbursed at the standard rate up to the price of an airline ticket.)

Questions concerning the Locomotive Engineer Training Program should be directed to:
Charlie Wiseman, Road Foreman of Engines at 303-480-6222 (office) or 303-810-5477
(cell).

SAMPLE BID ATTACHED - DO NOT REMOVE

TO: Charlie Wiseman
  Road Foreman of Engines
  3700 Globeville Road
  Denver, CO 80216

Class # 2008-04C

DATE
NAME(PLEASE PRINT
EMPLOYEE NUMBER
TRAINMEN SENIORITY DATE/ROSTER
HOME ADDRESS
HOME PHONE
PRESENT WORK LOCATION
I WILL   FLY    DRIVE    TO OVERLAND PARK (Circle One)

SUPERVISOR NAME (TRAINMASTER)
SENIORITY DISTRICT

SIGNATURE OF APPLICANT



       W J THOMPSON
       GENERAL MANAGER
APPROVED:
G C FOX
VP TRANSPORTATION
December 06, 2007
BNSF Railway Co.
COLORADO DIVISION

GENERAL NOTICE NO. 132

TO ALL CONCERNED,

SUBJECT: ~Lodging Information

=======================
Colorado Division General Notice No. 33 is cancelled and reissued with information
concerning Denver TYE primary lodging change marked by **
=======================

Reverse Lodging

Reverse lodging utilized by TY&E employees must be approved by the Superintendent.
---------------------------

INSTRUCTIONS FOR ENTERING OR CHANGING LODGING / ROOM NUMBERS

The information contained below will provide you with the instructions needed to
properly update lodging information through the VRU. This information is necessary for
TY&E employees so that they may continue to accept their calls from the Automated
Outbound Calling System.

Those employees that consistently stay at the same facility and are assigned the same
room number each trip, will see no change in the current process that now allows them to
accept their calls through the automated system. However, employees changing lodging
facilities or room numbers will need to abide by the following instructions:

If staying at the primary lodging facility, but do not have an assigned room number, you
will need to do the following: (from VRU main menu)

=   Press 3 - to update personal information
=   Press 3 - to update your lodging information
=   Press 1 - to accept the primary hotel phone number that was entered
=   Enter your lodging facility room number followed by the # sign.
=   Press 1 "to commit the change"

If staying at a secondary lodging facility, you will need to do the following:

= Press 3 - to update your personal information
=   Press 3 - to update your lodging information
=   Press 2 - to change the primary lodging phone number already generated
=   Enter your 10-digit lodging phone number following by #
=   Press 1 to accept the number entered
=   Enter your lodging facility room number followed by the # sign
=   Press 1 "to commit the change"

To update lodging information via PC access:

=   Press 24 - Employee Phone Menu
=   Enter your TY&E User ID, Employee ID and Verification Number
=   Press 1 - Maintain Employee Phone Number
=   Enter your lodging phone / room number
=   Press 5 "to commit changes"

Note: Phone / room number changes in the Lodging Phone field will automatically be
deleted on next arrival at home terminal
---------------------------

** Denver TYE Employee Primary Lodging Change

** Effective at 1200 hours December 7, 2007, the Ramada Inn is replacing the Quality
Inn, formerly known as the Best Western Central.

** Contact information for the Ramada Inn is below:

** Ramada Inn Wheatridge
  4700 Kipling Street
  Wheatridge, CO 80033

** Phone 303-423-4000
** Fax 303-424-7680
---------------------------

Cheyenne, Wyoming

The Days Inn is the lodging facility that is to be utilized by TY&E crews requiring away
from home lodging at Cheyenne, Wyoming. Crews are no longer authorized to use the
Plains Hotel without approval from the Cheyenne Trainmaster or the officer protecting
his territory in his absence.

Any crew member that elects to check in at the Plains Hotel without permission and
charge this lodging expense to the BNSF Railway may be subject to disciplinary action.
       W J THOMPSON
       GENERAL MANAGER
APPROVED:
G C FOX
VP TRANSPORTATION
December 04, 2007
BNSF Railway Co.
COLORADO DIVISION

GENERAL NOTICE NO. 130

TO ALL CONCERNED,

SUBJECT: ~LOCOMOTIVE ENGINEER TRAINING PROGRAM - CLASS 2008-
01(C) TRINIDAD, COLORADO

TO: Trainmen/Yardmen -

Written applications will be received to fill five (5) positions in Burlington Northern
Santa Fe Railway's Locomotive Engineer Training Program: Class 2008-01(C).

These positions will be assigned at Trinidad, Colorado.

Colorado & Southern District EN10 - maximum five (5) positions

Potential candidates should be aware that there is a new "Primary Recall Agreement" for
LETP. All LETP classes are subject to recall within three (3) years to their home
location. Trinidad, Colorado will be the Primary Recall Location for these five (5)
positions. All OJT will take place in Trinidad, Colorado.

Candidates will be selected in accordance with applicable labor agreements and the
Carrier's legal obligations.

While engaged in the program, employees selected to participate in locomotive engineer
training will be compensated according to the provisions of the UTU National Agreement
dated 19 July 1972, (Manning and Training), as amended by UTU National Agreement
dated 15 August 1978. The current daily rate of pay for an engineer trainee is $146.772.
Trainmen hired subsequent to November 1, 1985 will be governed by the 1985 National
Agreement which stipulates withdrawal from the program and/or failure to successfully
complete the program will result in forfeiture of all trainmen seniority.

Please note that the first three (3) weeks will be formal training in Overland Park,
Kansas. Any questions should be directed to Scott McHood, Road Foreman of Engines
at 719-845-4122 (office) or 719-680-1818 (cell).

If you are not selected for this class and want to be considered for a later class, you must
submit a separate bid each time a class is bulletined. Once received, bids will not be
disallowed or cancelled.
All bids must contain the following information.
  1. Name
  2. Employee No.
  3. Trainman seniority date
  4. Roster number
  5. Mailing address
  6. Telephone No.
  7. Work Location
  8. Preference to fly or drive personal auto to Overland Park

Bids for Class 2008-01C should be forwarded to:

  Scott McHood - Road Foreman of Engines
  BNSF Railway Company
  36750 Freedom Road
  Trinidad, CO 81082

Written applications will be US Mail postmarked no later than 2359 hours on December
21, 2007. No faxes, emails or hand delivered bids will be accepted. Certified mail is
recommended.

Training will begin on January 7, 2008 in Overland Park, Kansas with weeks 1-3 formal
training at the Technical Training Center, weeks 4-18 on the job training in Trinidad,
Colorado, weeks 19-20 return to Overland Park, Kansas for written exam and simulator
evaluation.

Specify on your application your preference to fly to Overland Park or drive your
personal vehicle (reimbursed at the standard rate up to the price of an airline ticket.)

Questions concerning the Locomotive Engineer Training Program should be directed to:
Scott McHood, Road Foreman of Engines at 719-845-4122 or 719-680-1818.

SAMPLE BID ATTACHED - DO NOT REMOVE

TO: Scott McHood
  Road Foreman of Engines
  36750 Freedom Road
  Trinidad, CO 81082

Class # 2008-01C

DATE
NAME(PLEASE PRINT
EMPLOYEE NUMBER
TRAINMEN SENIORITY DATE/ROSTER
HOME ADDRESS
HOME PHONE
PRESENT WORK LOCATION
I WILL   FLY    DRIVE    TO OVERLAND PARK (Circle One)

SUPERVISOR NAME (TRAINMASTER)
SENIORITY DISTRICT

SIGNATURE OF APPLICANT



       W J THOMPSON
       GENERAL MANAGER
APPROVED:
G C FOX
VP TRANSPORTATION
December 04, 2007
BNSF Railway Co.
COLORADO DIVISION

SYSTEM GENERAL NOTIC NO. 129

TO ALL CONCERNED,

SUBJECT: ~Expansion of Federal Railroad Administration (FRA) Mandatory Hearing
Conservation Program

To: BNSF Operations Employees

From: Medical and Environmental Health Department (MEH)

From 49 CFR parts 227 and 229:
"FRA is amending its occupational noise standards for railroad employees whose
predominant noise exposure occurs in the locomotive cab FRA expects that this rule will
reduce the likelihood of noise-induced hearing loss for railroad operating employees."

The FRA, in cooperation with Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA),
has broadened its efforts to protect the safety of TYE employees.

BNSF is now responsible to administer a federally-regulated, mandatory hearing
conservation program that includes additional railroad workers who are not currently
subject to the same standards used to qualify locomotive movers.

Hearing tests will be required every third year. However, employees may choose to be
tested on an annual basis on the van when it is available to them. Also, employees can
call a toll-free number to schedule exams at home or at tie-up locations.

The toll-free number will connect employees to Logistics Health Incorporated (LHI) who
will schedule the exams, process the results, and provide the information to BNSF and
our current Hearing Conservation Program partner, Examinetics, Inc. LHI is a leading
provider of innovative healthcare solutions to the railroad industry. LHI offers BNSF
employee's the convenience of its extensive, national network of providers. You can
check them out at www.logisticshealth.com.

A selection of no cost hearing protection as well as training in its fitting, use, and care
will continue to be available to employees. Ask your supervisor for details.

Look for these processes to roll out in January 2008.
APPROVED:
C R ICE
EXEC VICE PRESIDENT & COO
December 03, 2007
BNSF Railway Co.
COLORADO DIVISION

GENERAL NOTICE NO. 127

TO ALL CONCERNED,

SUBJECT: ~LOCOMOTIVE ENGINEER TRAINING PROGRAM - CLASS 2008-
01(A)
CASPER, WYOMING

TO: Trainmen/Yardmen -

Written applications will be received to fill five (5) positions in Burlington Northern
Santa Fe Railway's Locomotive Engineer Training Program: Class 2008-01(A).

These positions will be assigned at Casper, Wyoming.

Wyoming District EN09 - maximum five (5) positions

Potential candidates should be aware that there is a new "Primary Recall Agreement" for
LETP. All LETP classes are subject to recall within three (3) years to their home
location. Casper, Wyoming will be the Primary Recall Location for these five (5)
positions. All OJT will take place in Casper, Wyoming.

Candidates will be selected in accordance with applicable labor agreements and the
Carrier's legal obligations.

While engaged in the program, employees selected to participate in locomotive engineer
training will be compensated according to the provisions of the UTU National Agreement
dated 19 July 1972, (Manning and Training), as amended by UTU National Agreement
dated 15 August 1978. The current daily rate of pay for an engineer trainee is $146.772.
Trainmen hired subsequent to November 1, 1985 will be governed by the 1985 National
Agreement which stipulates withdrawal from the program and/or failure to successfully
complete the program will result in forfeiture of all trainmen seniority.

Please note that the first three (3) weeks will be formal training in Overland Park,
Kansas. Any questions should be directed to Tim Axt, Foreman of Engines at 307-473-
5221 (office) or 307-259-3207 (cell).

If you are not selected for this class and want to be considered for a later class, you must
submit a separate bid each time a class is bulletined. Once received, bids will not be
disallowed or cancelled.
All bids must contain the following information.
1. Name
2. Employee No.
3. Trainman seniority date
4. Roster number
5. Mailing address
6. Telephone No.
7. Work Location
8. Preference to fly or drive personal auto to Overland Park

Bids for Class 2008-01A should be forwarded to:

Tim Axt - Road Foreman of Engines
BNSF Railway Company
360 North Wolcott
Casper, WY 82601

Written applications will be US Mail postmarked no later than 2359 hours on December
17, 2007. No faxes, emails or hand delivered bids will be accepted. Certified mail is
recommended.

Training will begin on January 7, 2008 in Overland Park, Kansas with weeks 1-3 formal
training at the Technical Training Center, weeks 4-18 on the job training in Casper,
Wyoming, weeks 19-20 return to Overland Park, Kansas for written exam and simulator
evaluation.

Specify on your application your preference to fly to Overland Park or drive your
personal vehicle (reimbursed at the standard rate up to the price of an airline ticket.)

Questions concerning the Locomotive Engineer Training Program should be directed to:
Tim Axt, Road Foreman of Engines at 307-473-5221 or 307-259-3207.

SAMPLE BID ATTACHED - DO NOT REMOVE

TO: Tim Axt
Road Foreman of Engines
360 North Wolcott
Casper, WY 82601

Class # 2008-01A

DATE
NAME(PLEASE PRINT
EMPLOYEE NUMBER
TRAINMEN SENIORITY DATE/ROSTER
HOME ADDRESS
HOME PHONE
PRESENT WORK LOCATION
I WILL FLY DRIVE TO OVERLAND PARK (Circle One)

SUPERVISOR NAME (TRAINMASTER)
SENIORITY DISTRICT

SIGNATURE OF APPLICANT



W J THOMPSON
GENERAL MANAGER
APPROVED:
G C FOX
VP TRANSPORTATION
December 03, 2007
BNSF Railway Co.
COLORADO DIVISION

GENERAL NOTICE NO. 126

TO ALL CONCERNED,

SUBJECT: ~LOCOMOTIVE ENGINEER TRAINING PROGRAM - CLASS 2008-
01(A)
DENVER, COLORADO

TO: Trainmen/Yardmen -

Written applications will be received to fill five (5) positions in Burlington Northern
Santa Fe Railway's Locomotive Engineer Training Program: Class 2008-01(A).

These positions will be assigned at Denver, Colorado.

Denver ATSF Joint Line Engineers District 255 maximum five (5) positions

Potential candidates should be aware that there is a new "Primary Recall Agreement" for
LETP. All LETP classes are subject to recall within three (3) years to their home
location. Denver, Colorado will be the Primary Recall Location for these five (5)
positions. All OJT will take place in Denver, Colorado.

Candidates will be selected in accordance with applicable labor agreements and the
Carrier's legal obligations.

While engaged in the program, employees selected to participate in locomotive engineer
training will be compensated according to the provisions of the UTU National Agreement
dated 19 July 1972, (Manning and Training), as amended by UTU National Agreement
dated 15 August 1978. The current daily rate of pay for an engineer trainee is $146.772.
Trainmen hired subsequent to November 1, 1985 will be governed by the 1985 National
Agreement which stipulates withdrawal from the program and/or failure to successfully
complete the program will result in forfeiture of all trainmen seniority.

Please note that the first three (3) weeks will be formal training in Overland Park,
Kansas. Any questions should be directed to David McCrery, Foreman of Engines at 303-
480-7908 (office) or 303-619-3447 (cell).

If you are not selected for this class and want to be considered for a later class, you must
submit a separate bid each time a class is bulletined. Once received, bids will not be
disallowed or cancelled.
All bids must contain the following information.
1. Name
2. Employee No.
3. Trainman seniority date
4. Roster number
5. Mailing address
6. Telephone No.
7. Work Location
8. Preference to fly or drive personal auto to Overland Park

Bids for Class 2008-01A should be forwarded to:

David McCrery - Road Foreman of Engines
BNSF Railway Company
3700 Globeville Road
Denver, CO 80216

Written applications will be US Mail postmarked no later than 2359 hours on December
20, 2007. No faxes, emails or hand delivered bids will be accepted. Certified mail is
recommended.

Training will begin on January 7, 2008 in Overland Park, Kansas with weeks 1-3 formal
training at the Technical Training Center, weeks 4-18 on the job training in Denver,
Colorado, weeks 19-20 return to Overland Park, Kansas for written exam and simulator
evaluation.

Specify on your application your preference to fly to Overland Park or drive your
personal vehicle (reimbursed at the standard rate up to the price of an airline ticket.)

Questions concerning the Locomotive Engineer Training Program should be directed to:
David McCrery, Road Foreman of Engines at 303-480-7908 or 303-619-3447.

SAMPLE BID ATTACHED - DO NOT REMOVE

TO: David McCrery
Road Foreman of Engines
3700 Globeville Road
Denver, CO 80216

Class # 2008-01A

DATE
NAME(PLEASE PRINT
EMPLOYEE NUMBER
TRAINMEN SENIORITY DATE/ROSTER
HOME ADDRESS
HOME PHONE
PRESENT WORK LOCATION
I WILL FLY DRIVE TO OVERLAND PARK (Circle One)

SUPERVISOR NAME (TRAINMASTER)
SENIORITY DISTRICT

SIGNATURE OF APPLICANT



W J THOMPSON
GENERAL MANAGER
APPROVED:
G C FOX
VP TRANSPORTATION
December 03, 2007
BNSF Railway Co.
COLORADO DIVISION

GENERAL NOTICE NO. 125

TO ALL CONCERNED,

SUBJECT: ~LOCOMOTIVE ENGINEER TRAINING PROGRAM - CLASS 2008-
01(B)
LAJUNTA, COLORADO

TO: Trainmen/Yardmen -

Written applications will be received to fill six (6)
positions in Burlington Northern Santa Fe Railway's Locomotive
Engineer Training Program: Class 2008-01(B).

These positions will be assigned at LaJunta, Colorado.

Pueblo/Boise City Subdivision District 248 - maximum six (6) positions

Potential candidates should be aware that there is a new "Primary Recall Agreement" for
LETP. All LETP classes are subject to recall within three (3) years to their home
location. LaJunta, Colorado will be the Primary Recall Location for these six (6)
positions. All OJT will take place in LaJunta, Colorado.

Candidates will be selected in accordance with applicable labor agreements and the
Carrier's legal obligations.

While engaged in the program, employees selected to participate in locomotive engineer
training will be compensated according to the provisions of the UTU National Agreement
dated 19 July 1972, (Manning and Training), as amended by UTU National Agreement
dated 15 August 1978. The current daily rate of pay for an engineer trainee is $146.772.
Trainmen hired subsequent to November 1, 1985 will be governed by the 1985 National
Agreement which stipulates withdrawal from the program and/or failure to successfully
complete the program will result in forfeiture of all trainmen seniority.

Please note that the first three (3) weeks will be formal training in Overland Park,
Kansas. Any questions should be directed to Mike Cart, Road Foreman of Engines at
806-379-3306 (office) or 817-917-2599 (cell).

If you are not selected for this class and want to be considered for a later class, you must
submit a separate bid each time a class is bulletined. Once received, bids will not be
disallowed or cancelled.

All bids must contain the following information.
1. Name
2. Employee No.
3. Trainman seniority date
4. Roster number
5. Mailing address
6. Telephone No.
7. Work Location
8. Preference to fly or drive personal auto to Overland Park

Bids for Class 2008-01B should be forwarded to:

Mike Cart - Road Foreman of Engines
BNSF Railway Company
83 South Pierce
Amarillo, TX 79101

Written applications will be US Mail postmarked no later than 2359 hours on December
20, 2007. No faxes, emails or hand delivered bids will be accepted. Certified mail is
recommended.

Training will begin on January 7, 2008 in Overland Park, Kansas with weeks 1-3 formal
training at the Technical Training Center, weeks 4-18 on the job training in LaJunta,
Colorado, weeks 19-20 return to Overland Park, Kansas for written exam and simulator
evaluation.

Specify on your application your preference to fly to Overland Park or drive your
personal vehicle (reimbursed at the standard rate up to the price of an airline ticket.)

Questions concerning the Locomotive Engineer Training Program should be directed to:
Mike Cart, Road Foreman of Engines at 806-379-3306 or 817-917-2599.

SAMPLE BID ATTACHED - DO NOT REMOVE

TO: Mike Cart
Road Foreman of Engines
83 South Pierce
Amarillo, TX 79101

Class # 2008-01B

DATE
NAME(PLEASE PRINT
EMPLOYEE NUMBER
TRAINMEN SENIORITY DATE/ROSTER
HOME ADDRESS
HOME PHONE
PRESENT WORK LOCATION
I WILL FLY DRIVE TO OVERLAND PARK (Circle One)

SUPERVISOR NAME (TRAINMASTER)
SENIORITY DISTRICT

SIGNATURE OF APPLICANT



W J THOMPSON
GENERAL MANAGER
APPROVED:
G C FOX
VP TRANSPORTATION
December 03, 2007
BNSF Railway Co.
COLORADO DIVISION

GENERAL NOTICE NO. 124

TO ALL CONCERNED,

SUBJECT: ~LOCOMOTIVE ENGINEER TRAINING PROGRAM - CLASS 2008-
01(A)
STERLING, COLORADO

TO: Trainmen/Yardmen -

Written applications will be received to fill Three (3) positions in Burlington Northern
Santa Fe Railway's Locomotive Engineer Training Program: Class 2008-01(A).

These positions will be assigned at Sterling, Colorado.

Wyoming District 09 - maximum Three (3) positions

Potential candidates should be aware that there is a new "Primary Recall Agreement" for
LETP. All LETP classes are subject to recall within three (3) years to their home
location. Sterling, Colorado will be the Primary Recall Location for these three (3)
positions. All OJT will take place in Sterling, Colorado.

Candidates will be selected in accordance with applicable labor agreements and the
Carrier's legal obligations.

While engaged in the program, employees selected to participate in locomotive engineer
training will be compensated according to the provisions of the UTU National Agreement
dated 19 July 1972, (Manning and Training), as amended by UTU National Agreement
dated 15 August 1978. The current daily rate of pay for an engineer trainee is $146.772.
Trainmen hired subsequent to November 1, 1985 will be governed by the 1985 National
Agreement which stipulates withdrawal from the program and/or failure to successfully
complete the program will result in forfeiture of all trainmen seniority.

Please note that the first three (3) weeks will be formal training in Overland Park,
Kansas. Any questions should be directed to Kenneth Lynn, Road Foreman of Engines at
970-580-5147.

If you are not selected for this class and want to be considered for a later class, you must
submit a separate bid each time a class is bulletined. Once received, bids will not be
disallowed or cancelled.
All bids must contain the following information.
1. Name
2. Employee No.
3. Trainman seniority date
4. Roster number
5. Mailing address
6. Telephone No.
7. Work Location
8. Preference to fly or drive personal auto to Overland Park

Bids for Class 2008-01A should be forwarded to:

Kenneth Lynn - Road Foreman of Engines
BNSF Railway Company
500 North Front Street
Sterling, CO 80751

Written applications will be US Mail postmarked no later than 2359 hours on December
10, 2007. Fax number is 970-526-2220.

PREFER ALL APPLICATIONS TO BE FAXED.

Training will begin on January 7, 2008 in Overland Park, Kansas with weeks 1-3 formal
training at the Technical Training Center, weeks 4-18 on the job training in Sterling,
Colorado, weeks 19-20 return to Overland Park, Kansas for written exam and simulator
evaluation.

Specify on your application your preference to fly to Overland Park or drive your
personal vehicle (reimbursed at the standard rate up to the price of an airline ticket.)

Questions concerning the Locomotive Engineer Training Program should be directed to:
Kenneth Lynn, Road Foreman of Engines at 970-580-5147.

SAMPLE BID ATTACHED - DO NOT REMOVE

TO: Kenneth Lynn
Road Foreman of Engines
500 North Front Street
Sterling, CO 80751

Class # 2008-01A

DATE
NAME(PLEASE PRINT
EMPLOYEE NUMBER
TRAINMEN SENIORITY DATE/ROSTER

HOME ADDRESS
HOME PHONE
PRESENT WORK LOCATION
I WILL FLY DRIVE TO OVERLAND PARK (Circle One)

SUPERVISOR NAME (TRAINMASTER)
SENIORITY DISTRICT

SIGNATURE OF APPLICANT



W J THOMPSON
GENERAL MANAGER
APPROVED:
G C FOX
VP TRANSPORTATION
September 27, 2007
BNSF Railway Co.
COLORADO DIVISION

GENERAL NOTICE NO. 113

TO ALL CONCERNED,

SUBJECT: ~Dalhart Subdivision Instructions

=======================
Colorado Division General Notice No. 76 is cancelled and reissued with new information
concerning Locomotive Watering Locations and Sign Post installed at Texline re: close
clearance all marked by **                                -
=======================

** ADD the following:

** Dalhart Locomotive Watering Locations

** Dalhart (MP 417.7)
** Texline (MP 452.6)

** At Texline
  ----------

** Sign Post installed at MP 453 between Main Track and Number 1 Track. Close
clearance for person riding on side of a car.

ADD the following:

At Dalhart
----------

Six axle locomotives are prohibited on the south 200 feet of Track 4102 in Dalhart

The L-COL0071-XX local must contact the Boise City Dispatcher upon departing
Dalhart

At Amarillo
-----------

Do not occupy Polk Street and Tyler Street crossings until crossing signals are activated.
ADD the following:

Due to duplicated mileposts on the Dalhart and Twin Peaks subdivisions the 'On
Subdivision' feature has been turned on in the CTWC System, which will require the
dispatcher to transmit the subdivision name when issuing track warrants on these
subdivisions.

All train delays on the Dalhart Subdivision must be reported to the dispatcher.

All TY&E employees must contact dispatcher or appropriate local supervisor for
authorization prior to performing any activity that would constitute a penalty payment.
Deadhead crews must contact dispatcher prior to departure.

In addition to all other pertinent information required concerning the penalty claim, the
employee must show the authorizing supervisor name on their claim ticket.
---------------------------

Track 4605 at Texline is out of service. Track has been removed and switches spiked.




       W J THOMPSON
       GENERAL MANAGER
APPROVED:
G C FOX
VP TRANSPORTATION
August 23, 2007
BNSF Railway Co.
COLORADO DIVISION

GENERAL NOTICE NO. 102

TO ALL CONCERNED,

SUBJECT: ~Pueblo Subdivision Instructions

=======================
Colorado Division General Notice No. 64 is cancelled and reissued with new information
marked by **
=======================

Reporting for Duty
------------------

CONDUCTORS, ENGINE FOREMEN AND ENGINEERS ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR
DETERMINING ENTIRE CREW IS PRESENT AND READY TO DEPART OR
COMMENCE WORK AT THE ON-DUTY TIME. IF A MEMBER OF THE CREW IS
NOT PRESENT, THIS MUST BE REPORTED TO A SUPERVISOR WITHIN 5
MINUTES OF ON-DUTY TIME.

CONDUCTORS ON THROUGH TRAINS, PUSHERS, OR TRAINS ORIGINALLY
MADE UP, REDUCED, FILLED OR ASSIGNED WORK MUST CONTACT
YARDMASTER / TRAINMASTER OR SUPERVISOR WITHIN 5 MINUTES OF ON-
DUTY TIME FORINSTRUCTIONS. DISPATCHER MUST BE CONTACTED IF
TRACK WARRANTS ARE NOT AVAILABLE WTIHIN 10 MINUTES OF ON-DUTY
TIME.

ENGINE FOREMAN MUST CONTACT YARDMASTER / TRAINMASTER WITHIN
5 MINUTES OF ON-DUTY TIME OR RETURN FROM LUNCH, FOR
INSTRUCTIONS.

TAXI / LIMO DELAYS
------------------

CONDUCTORS / ENGINE FOREMEN MUST IMMEDIATELY REPORT TO THE
YARDMASTER/ TRAINMASTER, ANY DELAYS IN EXCESS OF 15 MINUTES TO
TAXI/LIMO SERVICE. THIS INCLUDES CREWS CALLED FOR DEADHEAD
SERVICE, DOG CATCHING OR ANY OTHER NEED FOR TAXI/LIMO TYPE
SERVICE.
** ADD the following:

** At Pueblo Yard
  ---------------

** All terminating trains into Pueblo will need to remove their ETD and take it to the
CBT room at the Pueblo Yard Office.

** All engines must have their locomotive doors closed.

** The Pueblo to LaJunta Merchandise train must remove their ETD and place into the
lead engine at LaJunta, after their setouts are completed.

** Shoving instructions for Pueblo:

** When shoving a car in a northward direction from the yard side (inbound/outbound)to
the Class Track Lead, no more than 20 cars will be handled at one time. You will need to
use 721 lead west of the fuel track if handling mroe than 20 cars.

** At LaJunta
  ----------

ADD the following:

** The LaJunta to Pueblo Local will need to hammerhead their work into Pueblo before
the completion of their trip.

Crew change location for southward trains at LaJunta is the end of the platform 300 feet
south of the Depot. A sign reading "Spot Here For Crew Change" has been placed on the
west side of Main Track 1 identifying this location. Trains must not be stopped short of
this location to ensure that Haberman's crossing is cleared.

All inbound train crews at LaJunta will need authorization to exceed switching limits
located at MP 552.15 on the Boise City Subdivision for RO claim payment.
Authorization can only be given by the Chief Dispatcher, Assistant Chief Dispatcher or
LaJunta Trainmaster.

Chief Dispatcher     817-234-7361
Asst. Chief Dispatcher 817-234-1668 M-F days
Trainmaster         719-469-0164


Spot one is marked by a sign and located at MP 552.3
Spot two is marked by a sign and is located at MP 553.6
Trains instructed to spot one or spot two must stop within 200 feet north of these
locations.

Trains specifically instructed to spot two must ensure that rear of train is clear of
shamrock crossovers before tying down train. Inbound train crews that are instructed to
put train away in Track 197 must stop rear end to clear 181 switch to allow access into
yard tracks from north end and cut 197 switch on south end of yard and pull head end to
south end of 197 to allow access from yard tracks into 197 track between the cut.
---------------------------

Outbound crews at LaJunta are instructed to contact the Chief Dispatcher or Asst. Chief
Dispatcher within 15 minutes of on duty time if GTB's, train list or crew van is not
available upon reporting for duty.

If you do not have a ride to your train within 15 minutes of on duty time or have
problems with transportation from the lodging facility, you must contact the Chief
Dispatcher or Asst. Chief Dispatcher.
---------------------------

Road crossings located on the Pueblo Subdivision at MP 555.3 and MP 557.4 must not be
blocked in excess of 10 minutes. In the event the crossings must be cut it is the crews
responsibility to inform the Dispatcher prior to doing so.
---------------------------

All TY&E crews must contact the Dispatcher or local supervisor prior to performing any
activity that would constitute a penalty claim payment. In addition, all other pertinent
information required concerning the penalty claim, the employee must show the
authorizing supervisors name on their claim in an effort to expedite claim payment.

Failure to comply with these instructions will result in non-payment of claim. Failure to
comply with the above listed instructions will result in disciplinary action.




       W J THOMPSON
       GENERAL MANAGER
APPROVED:
G C FOX
VP TRANSPORTATION
August 22, 2007
BNSF Railway Co.
COLORADO DIVISION

GENERAL NOTICE NO. 99

TO ALL CONCERNED,

SUBJECT: ~June 26, 2007 BLET Agreement Implementation
SUBDIVISION: All

General Notice No. 95 is cancelled.

Effective 12:01 a.m. on Saturday, September 1, 2007, Article 11 – System Bidding and
Bumping is in effect on Locomotive Seniority Districts 04 and 18.

Effective 12:01 a.m. on Sunday, September 16, 2007, Article 11 – System Bidding and
Bumping is in effect on all other Locomotive Engineer Seniority Districts on the BNSF
System.

On Monday, August 27, 2007, a new pop-up screen will be presented to all TYE
employees when logging in to the TSSCREW System. This pop-up will indicate that the
Engineer Bidding System referred to in Article 11 is available for Locomotive Engineers
to enter bids in accordance with the new agreement. Even though the ability to enter bids
under the new agreement will be accessible to Locomotive Engineers, newly entered
Engineer Bids will not be effective and utilized for job assignment until the
implementation date on the seniority districts referred to above.

Also, TSSCREW will have available a new screen to aid in making your selections as
allowed by Article 11 Paragraphs S (2) and T (3).

This screen will be accessible in the CCTM menu option 27. PF1 Help Text has been
provided to help with understanding. Employees can update this screen at any time.
However, program logic will not be available until the implementation dates referred
above.



       W J THOMPSON
       GENERAL MANAGER
APPROVED:
G C FOX
VP TRANSPORTATION
July 31, 2007
BNSF Railway Co.
COLORADO DIVISION

SYSTEM GENERAL NOTICE NO. 95

TO ALL CONCERNED,

SUBJECT: ~June 26, 2007 BLET Agreement Implementation
SUBDIVISION: All

By Letter of Understanding between the BNSF Railway and the Brotherhood of
Locomotive Engineers and Trainmen, implementation of Article 11 - System Bidding and
Bumping of the June 26, 2007 BLET Agreement has been postponed.

Locomotive Engineer Seniority Districts 04 and 18 will be implemented at 12:01 a.m. on
Saturday, September 1, 2007.

All remaining Locomotive Engineer Seniority Districts will be implemented at 12:01
a.m. on Sunday, September 16, 2007.




APPROVED:
C R ICE
EXEC VICE PRESIDENT & COO
June 08, 2007
BNSF Railway Co.
COLORADO DIVISION

GENERAL NOTICE NO. 88

TO ALL CONCERNED,

SUBJECT: ~Work Order Reporting – Qualifications Effective May 10, 2007

=======================
Colorado Division General Notice No. 81 is cancelled and reissued with additional
assignments added - marked by **
=======================

The following yard/local/road assignments on the Colorado Division are all utilizing
Work Order Reporting (Renegade).

Effective May 10, 2007 all TY&E personnel who work as foreman/conductors on these
designated jobs must be Work Order Reporting (WOR) qualified in order to work the
assignment.

The following assignments will require that the foreman/conductor be Work Order
Reporting (WOR) qualified.

This list will be added to and/or updated as necessary.

Y-DEN115
R-COL4341
R-COL4011 - Golden Switch Engine
R-COL4501/02 - Irondale Switch Engine - both jobs are away from Terminal and real
time reporting would be a bonus
Y-DEN109/203 - Market - works away from Terminal
** R-COL-4001 - Grand Jct. Local
** U-GJCGJC - Grand Jct. Local
** L-COL-6131 - Akron Local
** L-COL-6141 - Akron Local
L-COL-8121 - Cheyenne Local
R-COL4211 - Longmont
R-COL4251 - Longmont
L-COL8431 - Greybull
L-COL8432 - Cody
** L-COL8433 - Greybull
** L-COL8434- Cody
R-COL6261 - Brush
L-COL0081 - Dalhart
L-COL0071 - Dalhart
L-COL0201 - Dumas


Work Order Reporting (WOR) training is available for those who are not WOR qualified
by using the CBT Computers in your immediate area. Please be sure to verify that if you
are WOR qualified that it is reflected in your crew office profile.

Once you are WOR qualified, you must ensure that the crew office is notified and that
your profile is updated to reflect the completion of your successful WOR training.




       W J THOMPSON
       GENERAL MANAGER
APPROVED:
G C FOX
VP TRANSPORTATION
February 12, 2007
BNSF Railway Co.
COLORADO DIVISION

GENERAL NOTICE NO. 67

TO ALL CONCERNED,

SUBJECT:~Instructions on providing tie up information in TSS Paperless
SUBDIVISION: All

When tieing up your paperless ticket, the following trip information must be provided:

 1. Arrival time: This field represents the time that the employee/crew arrived at their
heading in point at the off duty terminal.

  2. Relieved time: This field represents the time that the employee/crew went off duty,
or tied up enroute. If you were relieved enroute or stopped short of your final off duty
terminal and provided transportation to your off duty terminal, this time should be
different from your released time.

 3. Released time: This field represents the time that train or yard crew went off duty
(completed trip or shift).

Beginning Wednesday, February 14, 2007, a new field to report your transportation
arrival time will be added to the trip tie up process. When tied up enroute, your relieved
time and released times will be different. You will be required to fill out the new field,
"Transportation Arrival Time" with the time that transportation arrived after being
relieved from service.

If you have exceeded the hours of service, you will not be asked to fill out this field until
your next tour of duty, when you report your FRA hours of service information.

If you have questions about these fields, use the PF1 key to get the help window.



        W J THOMPSON
        GENERAL MANAGER
APPROVED:
M D DEALY
V.P. OPERATIONS
November 30, 2006
BNSF Railway Co.
COLORADO DIVISION

GENERAL NOTICE NO. 34

TO ALL CONCERNED,

SUBJECT: ~Homeland Security
SUBDIVISION: All

Maintaining Homeland Security continues to be vitally important. At BNSF, every
employee plays a role in identifying and reporting trespassers as well as suspicious or
unusual persons, circumstances or items on and near rail equipment or property.

By acting as the "eyes and ears" of the railroad, employees can assist BNSF in preventing
criminal or terrorist acts. Any suspicious individuals or activities should be reported as
part of BNSF's On-Guard program to the Resource Operations Call Center (ROCC) at
800-832-5452.

Employees should also realize that, as a result of government security initiatives, they
may encounter individuals identifying themselves as government officials from the
Transportation Security Administration, Federal Railroad Administration or other
agencies. In many cases, the inspector's mission is to assess the level of security
awareness or preparedness at specific rail locations.

In the interest of safety and security, when you encounter these individuals, please ask to
see their identification and credentials unless you know the individual or you see that the
individual is accompanied by a known railway official. You may also call the ROCC at
the number above to verify the inspector's identity and assignment.

Remember, everyone on BNSF property must wear the appropriate personal protective
equipment and follow the safety rules. As always, employees are empowered to intervene
if they observe anyone on railroad property potentially putting themselves at risk.

Other important security measures include the following:
* Employees should always have their BNSF identification cards available.
* Always control computer passwords and properly dispose of sensitive documents,
including train lists with shipper or commodity information.




         W J THOMPSON
        GENERAL MANAGER
APPROVED:
M D DEALY
V.P. OPERATIONS
November 30, 2006
BNSF Railway Co.
COLORADO DIVISION

GENERAL NOTICE NO. 19

TO ALL CONCERNED,

SUBJECT: ~ETD/HTD Compliance Policy

Coupling into Cars with ETD attached

Except in helper service, coupling into a car that has an ETD attached is prohibited.
Coupling may be made if ETD is at the opposite end of car or cars to be coupled into.
---------------------------

Removing and Replacing Batteries in EOT Device

BNSF has been granted a waiver from the FRA concerning battery change-out on EOT
devices. Provisions of the waiver permit train and yard crew members, and utility
employees, to remove and replace batteries in two-way end-of-train telemetry devices
(EOT) while the EOT is in place on the rear of the train the individual has been assigned
to without establishing any blue signal protection.

This process may be accomplished under the following conditions:

1. This applies only to BNSF employees;

2. Battery change-outs can be performed by train and yard crew members, and utility
employees, only on the equipment they have been assigned to;

3. If the battery change-out requires the use of tools, blue signal protection would have to
be established before the procedure could be carried out.
---------------------------

OUR ETD SUPPLY HAS DWINDLED AND WITH THE INCREASED NEED TO
IDENTIFY FAILURES AND LOCATION WHERE ETD IS TO BE SHIPPED FOR
REPAIR, WE NEED TO CLARIFY SYSTEM SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS #45.

WHEN AN ETD / HTD FAILURE OCCURS ENROUTE, NOTIFY THE TRAIN
DISPATCHER ALONG WITH THE MECHANICAL HELP DESK OF ETD NUMBER
AND LOCATION OF FAILURE. IF LOCATION IS KNOWN WHERE ETD WILL
BE SENT FOR REPAIR, PLEASE INCLUDE THIS INFORMATION. THE FAILED
ETD SHOULD BE TAGGED WITH TRAIN SYMBOL AND PLACED IN THE NOSE
OF THE LOCOMOTIVE IN A SAFE LOCATION THAT DOES NOT CREATE A
TRIPPING HAZARD.

THE FOLLOWING ARE LOCATIONS WHERE DEVICES SHOULD BE SHIPPED
FOR REPAIR:
-------------------------

- BILLINGS, - LINCOLN- ALLIANCE - DENVER - AMARILLO - WINSLOW

EXAMPLE FOR TRAIN CREW
----------------------

M-DENLAU1 LOSES THE ETD WEST OF CHEYENNE AND PICKS UP A NEW
ONE AT CASPER. THE CREW WOULD REPORT THE FAILED ETD & NUMBER
TO THE DISPATCHER AND ALSO THE MECHANICAL HELP DESK. THE
FAILED ETD WOULD THEN BE TAGGED AS TO WHAT TRAIN ID AND
PLACED IN A SAFE LOCATION IN THE NOSE. MECHANICAL HELP DESK
PUTS OUT A MESSAGE INDICATING THE FAILED ETD WHICH BILLINGS
WOULD RECEIVE. FAILED ETD WOULD NOT BE DROPPED OFF AT CASPER
(CREW CHANGE POINT) BUT WOULD REMAIN IN LOCOMOTIVE UNTIL
ARRIVAL AT BILLINGS AND BILLINGS TELECOMM OR MECHANICAL
DEPARTMENTS REMOVE SAME FOR REPAIR.
---------------------------

EXAMPLE FOR OFFICER

A COAL LOAD HAS THE ETD FAIL AT TRINCHERE. TRAIN CREW REPORTS
THE FAILED ETD & NUMBER TO THE DISPATCHER AND ALSO THE
MECHANICAL HELP DESK. TRAINMASTER FROM TRINIDAD TAKES OUT A
NEW ONE FOR THE TRAIN AND REPLACES THE ETD AND TAKES THE
FAILED ETD BACK TO TRINIDAD AND TAGS IT WITH THE TRAIN ID. HE/SHE
WOULD THEN SEND THE FAILED ETD ON THE NEXT TRAIN TOWARD
DENVER. HE/SHE WOULD ALSO NEED TO ADVISE TELECOMM AND
MECHANICAL DEPARTMENTS AT DENVER OF THE ETD NUMBER AND
TRAIN SYMBOL, LOCATION OF ETD (LOCOMOTIVE NUMBER) SO THEY
KNOW TO TAKE THE FAILED ETD OFF THE TRAIN



        W J THOMPSON
        GENERAL MANAGER
APPROVED:
M D DEALY
V.P. OPERATIONS
November 30, 2006
BNSF Railway Co.
COLORADO DIVISION

GENERAL NOTICE NO. 18

TO ALL CONCERNED,

SUBJECT: ~Voice Train Reporting (VTR)
ALL SUBDIVISIONS

VTR is a system which enables a conductor to directly access the BNSF computer system
by radio or telephone, in order to report Train Arrivals, Departures, Setouts and Pickups.

All trains except Work Trains and those trains currently reporting via the Work Order
Reporting System will be required to use the Voice Train Reporting System to report
Arrivals, Departures, Pickups, and Setouts that were previously reported enroute or at the
completion of their trips. All reporting should be done by voice. Setouts or Pickups that
were previously faxed or called in to Customer Support (previously Service Support) at
the completion of a trip should be reported by telephone or MRAS/PBX Radio.

Only the MRAS system is available for radio reporting at this time. Use of MRAS does
not relieve a conductor from the requirement to monitor the dispatcher's radio frequency.

Any telephone can be used. When using a telephone on a train, be governed by Rule 1.10
as amended by System General Order No. 8.

An information card with channels for MRAS radios on the division will be available at
on duty points.

Conductors will use this system in lieu of calling or faxing work to a Service Support
Representative to report Train Arrivals, Departures, Setouts and Pickups both enroute and
at the conclusion of a trip.

In order to use this system, a conductor is required to register his or her voice with the
system prior to their first use of the system.

Instructions on registration and system use will be available at on duty points. The phone
number for registration and to use the system is (company line) 593-7670 or
(commercial) 817-593-7670.

Employees can obtain the TSS track numbers through their crew menu by selecting
option 8 - Yard Inquiries and then option 15 - Track List by Station or Sub.
        W J THOMPSON
        GENERAL MANAGER
APPROVED:
M D DEALY
V.P. OPERATIONS
November 30, 2006
BNSF Railway Co.
COLORADO DIVISION

GENERAL NOTICE NO. 15

TO ALL CONCERNED,

SUBJECT: ~Positive Protection for Resource Protection Team Members
SUBDIVISION: All


Objective: This policy statement will provide guidance in the safest, most efficient and
effective method for Resource Protection Team members to perform their duties on or
around trains, rail cars, locomotives, and other rail equipment while on main tracks and
other than main tracks.

Scope: This policy applies to all Resource Protection Team members and contract
security officers under contract to or employed by the Resource Protection Team.

Definitions:

Positive Protection - A formal set of procedures intended to provide protection to
Resource Protection Team members from the unexpected movement of trains,
locomotives, rail cars or rail equipment while performing work on, between or around
trains, locomotives, rail cars or rail equipment on main track or other than main track.

Going Between - Any team member breaking the invisible plane between a rail car or
locomotive coupled to a locomotive or other rail equipment to work at the end of the rail
car, locomotive or equipment. Going between includes reaching in to apply a hand
brake, climbing over; inspecting the angle cock, hand brake or undercarriage; removing
persons from under, inside or on rail cars, locomotives or rail equipment; opening or
closing doors; removing or replacing seals, cables, bolts or locks. When any of the above
occurs the invisible plane has been broken and this policy applies.

Employee In Charge Of Crews - Those individuals who are authorized by virtue of their
expertise, and position of leadership to approve, certify, or sanction the movement of
trains, locomotives and rail equipment. This includes but is not limited to yardmasters,
assistant trainmasters, trainmasters, conductors, job foreman, and train dispatchers.
Although engineers are not considered as "in charge" they should be contacted to insure
that equipment will not be moved, when appropriate.

Policy:
Resource Protection Team members and contract security officers must, from time to
time, climb on, go between, work on or around trains, rail cars, locomotives or other rail
equipment on the main track or other than the main track. Due to the nature of risks
involved when performing work around tracks it is important that rules and policies
associated with these tasks are strictly adhered to. The risks associated with getting on
and off trains, going between, or crossing over equipment can be greatly reduced by the
strict compliance with rules and policies designed to protect team members. However
RPT members must be aware that having all of the proper safeguards in place does not
guarantee that the equipment will not be unexpectedly moved. RPT members must be
alert and attentive when performing duties on main tracks or other than main tracks.

Good common sense and a healthy respect for large, heavy, moving equipment are
extremely important. However, safety rules and this policy will provide uniform
safeguards intended to maximize protection for team members while performing work on
the main track or other than the main track.

Application:

All Resource Protection Team members who must perform work on or around tracks, rail
cars, locomotives or rail equipment attached to locomotives must be familiar with and
strictly adhere to the following rules when on the main track or other than the main track:

1. Any RPT member when required to go between or work on equipment attached to a
locomotive must notify by company radio the engineer and all other crew members who
could effect movement of the equipment and receive an acknowledgement that an RPT
Member is going between or working on the equipment.
2. Radio communication is the prescribed method to be used to notify and verify that a
RPT member is going between or working on the equipment. Hand and whistle signals
should not be used when radio communication is available.
3. Any RPT member going between or working on the equipment must wait until all
movement of the equipment has stopped, the slack action has adjusted, and the engineer
and others who could effect the movement of the equipment have acknowledged that they
understand that an RPT member is going between or working on the equipment.
4. Any RPT member going between or working on the equipment, which may be coupled
into or moved, must first communicate with the Employee in Charge of Crews (yard
master, trainmaster, assistant trainmaster, others) to insure the equipment will not be
coupled into or moved, and receive an acknowledgement from that person that they know
of no anticipated movement of the equipment. The RPT member must notify the same
person when they are clear of the equipment.
5. When stepping out from between rail cars or locomotives, RPT members must watch
for equipment moving on adjacent tracks or vehicles and machinery moving on the toe
path, walkway or roadway.
6. All RPT members must be aware that having all of the proper safeguards in place does
not guarantee that the equipment will not be moved unexpectedly. Therefore RPT
members must be alert and attentive when performinmg duties on main tracks, other than
main tracks and in rail yards.
7. RPT members must not go between uncoupled rail cars or locomotives when clearance
between them is less than 50 feet, unless positive protection is provided.
8. All violations of this policy or near misses must be reported to the appropriate
person(s) immediately.




        W J THOMPSON
        GENERAL MANAGER
APPROVED:
M D DEALY
V.P. OPERATIONS
November 30, 2006
BNSF Railway Co.
COLORADO DIVISION

GENERAL NOTICE NO. 10

TO ALL CONCERNED,

SUBJECT: ~Repeating Authorities - 3 Strikes
SUBDIVISION: All

When authorities are repeated precisely as they are transmitted, the train dispatcher is
able to follow the words when checking the repeat for accuracy. When authorities are not
repeated properly, it is more difficult for the train dispatcher to follow the repeat process.

Employees are expected to repeat authority precisely as it is recorded on the authority
form. All words which are on the form or shown in the examples must be repeated in the
proper order and without adding or deleting words.

Employees will be given three chances to repeat an authority properly. If unable to
repeat properly after three attempts, the train dispatcher will stop the authority and the
employee will not be given additional authority until a supervisor has been contacted.




        W J THOMPSON
        GENERAL MANAGER
APPROVED:
M D DEALY
V.P. OPERATIONS
November 30, 2006
BNSF Railway Co.
COLORADO DIVISION

GENERAL NOTICE NO. 9

TO ALL CONCERNED,

SUBJECT: ~Serious Rule Violations
SUBDIVISIONS: All

BNSF has identified "Deadly Decisions" which have resulted in serious or fatal injuries.
A description of the specific work practices and applicable rules are listed below:

Should you have questions concerning the requirements listed below, please contact your
supervisor.

1. Getting on and off moving equipment.
  SAFETY RULE S-13.5

2. Going in between coupled cars or locomotives without proper protection.
  SAFETY RULE S-13.1.1

3. Failing to provide a minimum separation of 50 feet between cars or locomotive before
crossing between equipment.
  SAFETY RULES S-13.1.11, S-13.2.4, S-13.2.5

4. Riding the end of a freight car.
  SAFETY RULE 13.1.5

5. Fouling adjacent track before insuring that there is no movement.
  SAFETY RULE S-28.19, GCOR RULE 1.20, MWOR RULE 1.20

6. Running while switching.
  SAFETY RULE S-13.2.2

7. Riding freight cars to a joint.
  SAFETY RULE S-13.1.5

8. Handling Cars Ahead of Engine
  GCOR Rule 6.5, 5.3.7.


Serious Rule Violations (additions to appendix B PEPA Policy)
Failure to follow procedures to safely handle cars ahead of engines as outlined in GCOR
6.5 and 5.3.7.




        W J THOMPSON
        GENERAL MANAGER
APPROVED:
M D DEALY
V.P. OPERATIONS
November 30, 2006
BNSF Railway Co.
COLORADO DIVISION

GENERAL NOTICE NO. 7

TO ALL CONCERNED,

SUBJECT: ~Violence in the Workplace Policy
SUBDIVISION: All

Effective Date: August 1, 1995
Revised Date: September 26, 2003

Policy Sponsor: Human Resources
Approved By: Vice President - Human Resources and Medical

BNSF is committed to providing a safe, respectful workplace that is free from violence or
threats of violence. For purposes of this policy, workplace violence is any violent or
potentially violent behavior that arises from or occurs in the workplace that affects
BNSF employees, contractors, customers, or the public. Individuals who engage in
violent or threatening behavior may be withheld from service pending formal
investigation, and may be subject to dismissal or other disciplinary action, arrest and/or
criminal prosecution. Filing false charges against an individual is prohibited and may
lead to disciplinary action up to termination and/or criminal charges. This policy applies
to all work locations including offices, work sites, vehicles, field locations, and BNSF-
provided meal and lodging facilities.

DEFINITIONS
Threats of violence include any behavior that by its very nature could be interpreted by a
reasonable person as intent to cause physical harm to another individual.

Acts of violence include any physical action, whether intentional or reckless, that harms
or threatens the safety of another individual in the workplace.

WHAT TO DO WHEN VIOLENCE, OR THREATENED VIOLENCE OCCURS:
Threats of Violence or Acts of Violence Not Involving Injuries or Weapons
1. Ensure the safety of yourself and others.
2. Call the Resource Operations Control Center (ROCC) at (800) 832-5452; notify local
management and HR.
3. Local management and HR will conduct an investigation and follow-up, with Resource
Protection Services as appropriate.

Acts of Violence Involving Injuries or Weapons
1. Ensure the safety of yourself and others.
2. Call 911 first, (4444 -Topeka General Office Building (GOB) & Ft Worth campus)
then the ROCC at (800) 832-5452.
3. Once the ROCC is notified, they will coordinate with the appropriate agencies, assist
in controlling the situation and conduct an investigation.
4. The ROCC will notify local HR and appropriate department management for further
investigation and follow-up.

WORKPLACE VIOLENCE POLICY QUICK REFERENCE
Potential Violence Indicators
- Verbal, nonverbal, or written threats or intimidation, explicit or subtle
- Frequent interpersonal conflicts
- Displays of unwarranted anger
- Fascination with weaponry and/or acts of violence
- Indications of marked mood swings
- Expression of a plan to hurt self/others
- Violence toward inanimate objects
- Feelings of persecution, expressed distrust, especially with management
- Sabotaging projects or equipment
- Holding a grudge against a specific person; verbalizing a hope that something will
happen to him/her
- Fear reaction to employee among coworkers/clients

The BNSF's Employee Hotline at 1-800-241-5689 continues to be the avenue for
Employees that are concerned that any ethical or legal guidelines are being violated,
which includes sexual harassment, intimidation and safety violations.




        W J THOMPSON
        GENERAL MANAGER
APPROVED:
M D DEALY
V.P. OPERATIONS


Provided by ble940@earthlink.net

<~>

				
DOCUMENT INFO
Shared By:
Categories:
Tags:
Stats:
views:15
posted:10/3/2012
language:Latin
pages:261